electro-hydraulics controls

Transcription

electro-hydraulics controls
Pub. EC-1301
EH SERIES
PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
CONTROL VALVES
PROPORTIONAL
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving /
Flow Control / Flow Control and Relief /
Directional and Flow Control
CONTROLS
Up to 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI), 400 L/min (106 U.S.GPM)
Pilot Relief Valves .................................................. Page 3
Relief Valves ........................................................... Page 4
Reducing and Relieving Valves ............................ Page 5
H
Flow Control Valves
Flow Control and Check Valves ........................... Page 6
O
M
A
Flow Control and Relief Valves ............................ Page 7
Y
O
M
V
T
P
Directional and Flow Control Valves ................... Page 8
A
B
a
b
P
T
High Response Type
Directional and Flow Control Valves ................... Page 9
BAV P
T
W
YX
This catalogue introduce the outline of the EH series. Please refer to the catalogue titled "EH Series-Hybrid Components" (Cat. No. Pub.
JC-1320) for the details such as performance characteristics and dimensions.
No.1
EH SERIES
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving /
Flow Control / Flow Control and Relief /
Directional and Flow Control
High-accuracy, simple, convenient
EH Series realizes your dreams.
Why simple ?
5 Pressure display panel (option)
Highly accurate hydraulic control can be
obtained only by supplying 24 V DC power 3
and inputting a command signal voltage of 0 to
5V 4 .4
3 24 V DC
power supply
1 Power amplifier
4 Command signal
voltage input
2 Pressure sensor
incorporated
6 Voltage output for
pressure monitor
7 Alarm signal output
Details of Proportional Electro-hydraulic Relief Valve
Why high-accuracy ?
The power amplifier 1 and pressure sensor 2
are integrated in the control valve.
Furthermore, the closed-loop control 2 design
greatly improves the linearity, hysteresis and
stability in control pressure.
Why convenient ?
1
1. The sensor in directional control valves is to monitor the
spool position. Valves without sensor are also available in
both pressure control valves and directional control valves.
2. Open-loop types are also available.
3. EHDFG-04 and 06: ±24V DC power supply is needed.
4. EHDFG-01, 03, 04 and 06: 0 to ±5V DC command signal
is needed.
5. EHDFG-04 and 06: The spool displacement is shown as a
percentage.
No.2
Control pressure 5 can be shown digitally on
the optional pressure display panel 5 .
Analog voltages can be output by using the
incorporated sensor for monitoring pressure, etc.
6 5.
Pressure can be displayed remotely with the
Yuken's digital panel metre or any indicators
obtainable in the market and also can be
transmitted into a computer.
If any trouble arises in the system and the
command signal does not match to the output, the
alarm signal 7 is dispatched.
The trouble, if arises, can be easily detected by
monitoring the dispatch of the alarm signal with
sequence controller or computer.
3
EH SERIES
Pilot Relief Valves
EHDG-01∗-∗-∗∗-∗-PNT∗∗-50
1/8, Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
The valve can be used as a pilot valve of the Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Control Valves.
The valve can also be used as a relief valve for the hydraulic system where
a small flow rate and continuous pressure control are required.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EHDG-01∗
Description
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Operating Pres.
2 L /min (.53 U.S.GPM)
Max. Flow
0.3 L /min (.08 U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow
Refer to Model Number Designation
Pressure Adjustment Range
10 Ω
Coil Resistance
Less than 3% (1%)
Hysteresis
Less than 1%
Repeatability
1
2
B : 10 (27) Hz 1
(-90 degree)
C : 10 (27) Hz 1
H : 12 (27) Hz 1
24 V DC
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
28 W
Frequency Response
Supply Electric Power
Power Input (Max.)
Graphic Symbols
B : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) / 5 V DC
C : 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI) / 5 V DC
H : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) / 5 V DC
10 k Ω
Voltage: Max. 30 V DC
Current: Max. 40 mA
Input Signal
Input Impedance
Alarm Signal Output
(Open Collector)
B : 5 V DC / 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
(With Circulated Air)
Pressure Signal Output
Ambient Temperature
H
Open-Loop Type
Open-Loop Type
with Safety Valve
Open-Loop Type
with Sensor
Open-Loop Type with
Safety Valve & Sensor
Closed-Loop Type
Closed-Loop Type
with Safety Valve
1. The value in ( ) is for the closed-loop type.
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the
conditions similar to its original testing.
Model Number Designation
EHD
G
-01
V
-B
-S
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Applicable
Control
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
Control
Type
EHD :
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Pilot
Relief
Valve
None :
For general
use
G:
Sub-Plate
Mounting
01
V:
Vent
Control of
Relief
Valve
(Omit if not
required)
B: 0.5 - 6.9
(70 - 1000)
C: 1 - 15.7
(145 - 2275)
H: 1.2 - 24.5
(175 - 3550)
D
-1
-PN
T15
M10
-50
DPM
Safety
Valve
P-Line
Orifice
T-Line
Orifice
P-B Line
Orifice
Design
Number
None :
OpenLoop
None :
Without
DPM
S:
OpenLoop
with
Sensor
L:
ClosedLoop 1
None :
Without
DPM
1. For closed-loop models, specify applicable control code "V" even
though the valve may not be used as vent control of relief valve.
D:
With
DPM
None :
Without
Safety
PN :
Valve
Without
Orifice
1:
(Standard)
With
Safety
Valve
T15
T13
T11
2
M10 :
Standard
Orifice
50
2. Standard of T-line Orifice.
Pres. Adj. Range B: T15, C: T13, H: T11.
No.3
EH SERIES
Relief Valves
EHBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
These valves, consist of a small size but high performance EH series electrohydraulic proportional pilot relief valve and a low noise type relief valve. The
valves control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled input
voltage.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EHBG-03
Description
EHBG-06
EHBG-10
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
100 L /min
200 L /min
400 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM) (52.8 U.S.GPM) (106 U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating Pres.
Max. Flow
Min. Flow
Pressure Adjustment Range
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
3 L /min
3 L /min
3 L /min
(.79 U.S.GPM) (.79 U.S.GPM) (.79 U.S.GPM)
Refer to Model Number Designation
10 Ω
Less than 2% (1%) 1
Less than 1% 2
C : 10 (22) Hz
H : 10 (25) Hz
(-90 degree)
Frequency Response
1
1
C : 7 (15) Hz 1
H : 9.5 (18) Hz
(-90 degree)
1
C : 7 (10.5) Hz
H : 6 (14) Hz 1
(-90 degree)
1
24 V DC
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
28 W
C : 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI) / 5 V DC
(At Max. Flow)
H : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) / 5 V DC
10 k Ω
Voltage: Max. 30 V DC
Current: Max. 40 mA
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
(With Circulated Air)
Supply Electric Power
Power Input (Max.)
Input Signal
Input Impedance
Alarm Signal Output
(Open Collector)
Pressure Signal Output
Ambient Temperature
Graphic Symbols
Open-Loop Type
Open-Loop Type with Sensor
1. The value in ( ) is for the closed-loop type.
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions
similar to its original testing.
Closed-Loop Type
Model Number Designation
EHB
G
-03
-C
-S
D
-50
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
Control
Type
DPM
Design
Number
03
C: 0.6 [0.8] - 15.7 (85 [115] - 2275)
H: 0.6 [0.8] - 24.5 (85 [115] - 3550)
06
C: 0.9 [1.0] - 15.7 (130 [145] - 2275)
H: 0.9 [1.0] - 24.5 (130 [145] - 3550)
10
C: 1.1 [1.4] - 15.7 (160 [205] - 2275)
H: 1.1 [1.4] - 24.5 (160 [205] - 3550)
EHB :
Proportional ElectroHydraulic Relief Valve
G:
Sub-Plate
Mounting
None :
Open-Loop
None :
Without DPM
50
S : Open-Loop
with Sensor
L:
Closed-Loop
None :
Without DPM
D:
With DPM
50
Each value of minimum adjustment pressure is of at 50% flow rate of the Max. Flow shown on the Specifications.
The value in [ ] is for the closed-loop type.
No.4
50
EH SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves
EHRBG-06/10 (3/4, 1-1/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
These valves consist of a small size but high performance electro-hydraulic
proportional pilot relief valve and reducing valve with relief function. The valves
control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled input voltage.
Moreover, a good response speed in reducing the pressure even at a large load
capacity can be obtained with the relief function of the valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EHRBG-06
Description
Max. Operating Pres.
Max. Flow
Max. Relieving Flow
Pressure Adjustment Range
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
EHRBG-10
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
100 L /min
250 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM)
(66 U.S.GPM)
35 L /min 1
15 L /min 1
(9.24 U.S.GPM)
(3.96 U.S.GPM)
Refer to Model Number Designation
10 Ω
Less than 3%
Less than 1% 2
B : 4 Hz
C : 3 Hz
H : 3 Hz
Frequency Response
(-90 degree)
24 V DC
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
28 W
Supply Electric Power
Power Input (Max.)
Input Signal
H
Graphic Symbols
B : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) / 5 V DC
C : 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI) / 5 V DC
H : 20.6 MPa (3000 PSI) / 5 V DC
(at Flow Rate Zero)
10 k Ω
Input Impedance
Pressure Signal Output
B : 5 V DC / 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
C : 5 V DC / 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 20.6 MPa (3000 PSI)
Ambient Temperature
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
(With Circulated Air)
Open-Loop Type
1. The figures shown are those obtained where the differential pressure between the secondary
pressure port and tank port is 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions
similar to its original testing.
Open-Loop Type with Sensor
Model Number Designation
EHRB
G
-06
-C
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
06
B: 0.8 - 6.9 (115 - 1000)
C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
10
B: 0.9 - 6.9 (130 - 1000)
C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
EHRB:
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Reducing & Relieving Valve
G:
Sub-Plate
Mounting
-S
D
-50
DPM
Design
Number
None :
Open-Loop
None :
Without DPM
50
S : Open-Loop
with Sensor
D : With DPM
50
Control Type
No.5
EH SERIES
Flow Control (and Check) Valves
EHFG/EHFCG-03/06 (3/8, 3/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
The system flow rate can be controlled remotely as desired by regulating
input voltage. Further, since pressure and temperature compensation
functions are provided, the preselected flow rate is not affected by pressure
(load) or temperature (fluid viscosity).
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
Max. Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Max. Metred Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Metred Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Differential Pressure 1
MPa (PSI)
Free Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
(Only with Check Valve)
at Normal
Pilot Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM) at Transition
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Frequency Response
EHF∗G-03- 60
125
EHF∗G-06-250
20.6 (3000)
24.5 (3550)
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
125 : 125 ( 33)
250 (66)
1 (.26)
2.5 (.66)
1.0 (145)
1.0 (145)
130 (34.3)
280 (73.9)
0.5 ( .13)
2.6 ( .69)
1 ( .26)
4 ( 1.06)
1.0 (145)
1.5 (215)
Graphic Symbols
12 Hz (-90 degree)
Hysteresis
Less than 3%
Repeatability
Less than 1%
EHFG
2
10 Ω
Coil Resistance
Supply Electric Power
24 V DC
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
O
O
M
28 W
Power Input (Max.)
M
Max. Metred Flow / 5V DC
Input signal
Internal Pilot
External Pilot
10 k Ω
Input Impedance
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
(With Circulated Air)
Ambient Temperature
EHFCG
1. Minimum differential pressure means fine pressure compensation at inlet and outlet port.
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the
conditions similar to its original testing.
O
O
M
M
Internal Pilot
External Pilot
Model Number Designation
EHF
G
-03
-60
-E
-50
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve Size
Max. Metred Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Pilot Connection
Design
Number
03
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
125 : 125 ( 33)
None :
Internal Pilot
06
250 : 250 ( 66)
E:
External Pilot
EHF :
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Flow Control Valve
EHFC :
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Flow Control and Check Valve
No.6
G:
Sub-Plate
Mounting
50
50
EH SERIES
Flow Control and Relief Valves
EHFBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
These are proportional electro-hydraulic flow control valves having functions for
controlling the direct electric current of metre-in type and for pressure control.
They are energy-saving valves for supplying the minimal pressure and flow
required to operate actuators.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
Max. Operating Pressure MPa (PSI)
60
EHFBG-03- 125
EHFBG-06-250
EHFBG-10-500
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
Max. Flow
Flow Controls
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
250 (66)
500 (132)
L/min (U.S.GPM) 125 : 125 ( 33)
Metred Flow Capacity
60 : 1-60(.26-15.8)
2.5-250 (.66-66) 5-500 (13.2-132)
L/min (U.S.GPM) 125: 1-125(.26-33)
1.5 (215)
1.5 (215)
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
1.5 (215)
at Normal
1 (.26)
1 (.26)
1 (.26)
Pilot Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM) at Transition
4 (1.06)
6 (1.59)
3 (.79)
0.9 (130)
Differential Pressure
MPa (PSI)
0.6 (85)
0.7 (100)
Less than 3%
Hysteresis
Less than 1%
Repeatability
Max. Flow / 5 V DC
Input Signal
10 Ω
Coil Resistance
24 V DC (21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Supply Electric Power
10 k Ω
Input Impedance
28 W
Power Input (Max.)
Pressure Controls
Pres. Adj. Range Adj. Range: C 1.2-15.7 (175-2275) 1.4-15.7 (200-2275) 1.5-15.7 (215-2275)
MPa (PSI)
Adj. Range: H 1.4-24.5 (200-3550) 1.4-24.5 (200-3550) 1.5-24.5 (215-3550)
Hysteresis
Less than 2%
Less than 1%
Repeatability
10 Ω
Coil Resistance
Max. Operating Pres. / 5 V DC
Input Signal
24 V DC (21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Supply Electric Power
10 k Ω
Input Impedance
28 W
Power Input (Max.)
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
Output Signal
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Ambient Temperature
(With Circulated Air)
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions
similar to its original testing.
Graphic Symbols
A
A
Y
Y
O
M
O
M
V
V
T
T
P
P
Models with
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valves and
Sensor
Models with
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valves
A
Y
O
M
V
X
O
M
T
P
External Pilot Pres.
Connection
Models without
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valves
Model Number Designation
EHFB
G
-03
-60
-C
-E
-S
D
-50
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Pilot Relief Valve
Pres. Adj. Range
Pilot Connection
of Flow Control
Pressure
Controls
DPM of
Pres.
Design
Number
03
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
125 : 125 ( 33)
None :
Internal Pilot
None :
Open-Loop
E:
External Pilot
S:
Open-Loop D :
With DPM
with Sensor
EHFB :
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Flow Control
and Relief
Valve
G:
Sub-Plate
Mounting
06
10
250 : 250 ( 66)
250 : 500 ( 132)
None :
Without Proportional Pilot Relief
Valve
C, H :
See Specifications
None :
Without
DPM
50
50
50
DMP is available only for the models with Pressure Controls "S".
No.7
H
EH SERIES
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EHDFG-01/03 (1/8, 3/8)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
These valves incorporate two control functions - flow and direction - which
simplify the hydraulic circuit composition and therefore the cost of the
system is reduced.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
Max. Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
EHDFG-01
EHDFG-03
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
7 (1020)
7 (1020)
30 (7.92)
60 (15.9)
Max. Tank Line Back Pres. MPa (PSI)
Rated Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
[Valve P 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)]
Hysteresis
Less than 5%
Repeatability
Less than 1%
Frequency Response
20 (-90 deg.) Hz
17 (-90 deg.) Hz
10.5 Ω
8.0 Ω
Coil Resistance
24 V DC
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Supply Electric Power
Input
Voltage
Graphic Symbols
Metre-in • Metre-out Control
A
By Controlling Variable
Resistance
(Using of Power from Amp.)
0 ~ -5 V for SOL a
0 ~ +5 V for SOL b
Input Impedance
10 k Ω
Power Input (Max.)
45 W
40 W
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
(With Circulated Air)
Ambient Temperature
A
b
P
By Controlling Voltage
(Using of Power outside Amp.)
B
a
1 - 2 k Ω Volume Range
b
P
T
3C2
10 k Ω
B
a
T
3C40
Metre-out Control
A
B
a
P
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions similar to its original testing.
A
B
a
b
b
P
T
3C2
T
3C40
Metre-in Control
A
B
a
A
P
B
a
b
b
P
T
3C2
T
3C40
Model Number Designation
EHDFG
Series Number
EHDFG :
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Directional and Flow Control
Valve (Sub-Plate Mounting)
-01
-30
Valve Size
Rated Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
01
30 : 30 (7.92)
3C2
03
60 : 60 (15.9)
3C40
Spool Type
-E
-30
Direction of Flow
Design
Number
XY : Metre-in ·
Metre-out
30
X : Metre-in
Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.
No.8
-3C2
Y : Metre-out
30
EH SERIES
High Response Type
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EHDFG-04/06 (1/2, 3/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
These valves pursue the ultimate performance of proportional electrohydraulic directional & flow control valves and make themselves to have
high response features.
The closed-loop is composed in the valve inside by combination of a
differential transformer (LVDT) and a power amplifier. Thus, high accuracy and reliability are provided.
In addition to control in the open-loop, these can be used for the closed-loop
system as simplified servo valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
Max. Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
EHDFG-04
EHDFG-06
15.7 (2275)
15.7 (2275)
130 (34.3)
280 (73.9)
Rated Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Valve Pres. Difference: 1.5 MPa (215 PSI)
Min. Required Pilot Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Min. Required Pilot Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Max. Drain Line Back Pres.
1.5 (215)
1.5 (215)
at Normal
2 (.53)
2 (.53)
at Transition
6 (1.59)
10 (2.64)
MPa (PSI)
0.1 (15)
Graphic Symbols
Models without Pressure
Compensator Valve
0.1 (15)
Less than 1%
Hysteresis
Less than 1%
Repeatability
Frequency Response
55 Hz (-90 deg.)
45 Hz (-90 deg.)
30 Ω
30 Ω
Coil Resistance
BAV P
± 24 V DC
Supply Electric Power
T
W
H
Y
Internal Pilot
( ± 21 to ± 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Rated Flow / ± 5 V DC
Input Signal
10 k Ω
Input Impedance
10 k Ω
20 W
20 W
Voltage: Max. 30 V DC
Current: Max. 30 mA
± 5 V DC / Rated Travel of Spool
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
(With Circulated Air)
Power Input (Max.)
Alarm Signal Output (Open Collector)
LVDT Output (Sensor Monitor)
Ambient Temperature
BAV P
T
W
YX
External Pilot
Models with Pressure
Compensator Valve
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions similar to its original testing.
BA
P
T
W
Y
Internal Pilot
Model Number Designation
EHDFG
-04
-130
Series Number
Valve
Size
Rated Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
04
130 : 130 (34.3)
06
280 : 280 (73.9)
EHDFG :
Proportional ElectroHydraulic Directional
and Flow Control
Valve
(Sub-Plate Mounting)
-2
-E
-D
-CB
-10
Pilot
Connection
DPM
Relief Type Pres.
Compensator
Design
Number
2
None :
Internal Pilot
None :
Without DPM
None :
Not Provided
10
40
E:
External Pilot
D:
With DPM
CB :
Provided
10
Spool Type
Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.
No.9
Pub. EC-1302
E SERIES
PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE CONTROLS PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving
Up to 24.5 M Pa (3550 PSI), 400 L /m in (106 U.S.GPM )
Proportional pressure control valves control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled input current from
the amplifier. Therefore, the continuous and stepless pressure control can be obtained even with a single valve. the valves
are of help not only to simplify the system design but also to eliminate any shocks in the hydraulic system.
Pilot Relief Valves .................................................
Page valves are composed of a small DC solenoid and
4 a directThese
acting type relief valve. As a relief valve for a hydraulic system of
small flow capacity or a pilot valve to electro-hydraulic proportional
control valves, the valves are able to control the pressure in proportion to an input current.
Relief Valves ..........................................................
Page valves consist of a small size but high performance
11
These
1/8
electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve and a relief valve
specially developed as low noise type. The valves can control the
pressure in a hydraulic system proportionally through a controlled
input current.
H
Reducing and Relieving Valves ...........................
Page valves consist of a small size but high performance
21
These
1/8
electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve and a reducing
valve with relief function. The valves can control the pressure in a
hydraulic system proportionally through a controlled input current.
As the valves have a relieving mechanism, a good rsponse speed in
reducing the pressure even at a large load capacity can be obtained.
No.1
E SERIES
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-"
Synthetic Fluids
to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-containing Fluids Use water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hy draulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult y our Yuken representatives in advance.
Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Name
Viscosity
Pilot Relief Valves
15 - 400 mm2/s
Relief Valves
Reducing and Relieving Valves(77 - 1800 SSU)
Temperature
-15 - +70°C
(5 - 160°F)
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µ m or finer line filter.
No.2
E SERIES
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving
Instructions
Mounting
Be sure that the air vent faces up.
In addition, if the valve is mounted vertically, the minimum adjustment pressure is 2 MPa (290 PSI) or higher.
[Good ex ample]
[Bad ex ample]
Air Vent
SOL
SOL
Air Vent
SOL
Air Vent
Air Bleeding
To ensure stable control, bleed the air from solenoid
completely and fill its core with oil.
Bleeding can be done by slowly loosening one of the air
vents at the end of the solenoid. Choose one of the three
air vents which is expected to work most effectively (see
the figure to the right).
Solenoid
Air Vent
3 Places
Manual Adjustment Screw
When initial adjustments are to be made or when no
current is supplied to the valve due to electrical failure or
other problem, turn the manual pressure adjustment
screw to temporarily set the valve pressure. In that case,
when turn the manual pressure adjustment screw
clockwise, the valve pressure rises. Under normal
condition, however, this screw must be kept in its
original position (see the figure to the right).
H
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
10 Ω Series Solenoid
Tank and Drain Piping
The tank-line back pressure and drain back pressure directly affect the minimum adjustment pressure. Therefore, do not
connect the tank or drain pipes to other lines, but connect them directly to the reservoir maintaining the back pressure
as low as possible. Be sure that the tank and drain pipe ends are immersed in fluid.
Hysteresis and Repeatability Value Indications
The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the specifications for each control valve are determined under the
following conditions:
Hysteresis Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used.
Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used under the same conditions.
No.3
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01∗ -∗ -∗ -PNT∗ -51/5190
1/8, Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation
Specifications
Model Numbers
EDG-01
Description
Max. Operating Pres.
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow
2 L/min (.53 U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow
0.3 L/min (.08 U.S.GPM)
Pressure Adj. Range
MPa (PSI) Refer to Model Number Designation
EDG-01∗ -B: 800 mA
EDG-01∗ -C: 900 mA
EDG-01∗ -H: 950 mA
Rated Current
10 Ω
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
2 kg (4.4 lbs.)
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
Model Number Designation
ED
Series Num ber
ED :
P roportional
ElectroHy draulic
P ilot Relief
Valve
G
Ty pe of
Mounting
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
-01
Valve
Size
01
V
Applicable
Control 1
-C
-1
P ressure Adj . Range
MP a (P SI)
Safety
Valve
None :
General use
B : 0.5 - 6.9 ( 70 - 1000)
V:
Vent Control of
Relief Valve
(Om it if not
required)
C : 1.0 - 15.7 ( 145 - 2275)
H : 1.2 - 24.5 ( 175 - 3550)
-PN
P -Line
Orifice
None:
W ithout
Safety
PN :
Valve
W ithout
Orifice
1:
(Standard)
W ith
Safety
Valve
T13
T-Line
Orifice
2
-51
∗
Design
Num ber
Design
Standards
T15
T13
51
Refer to
3
T11
1. W hen the valve is to be used for vent control purpose, orifice adj ustm ent is required due to piping capacity lim itations. Therefore, consult y our
Yuken representative in advance.
2. The orifice used as the pilot valve m ay differ from the standard orifice.
3. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
W ithout Safety Valve
No.4
W ith Safety Valve
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Applicable Pow er Amplifier
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are
included.
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's
applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20
AME-D2-1010- -10
SK1022- - -11
SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)
Descriptions
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
N. Am erican Design Standard
M5
×45 Lg.
No. 10 - 24 UNC
×1-3/4 Lg.
∗
∗∗
∗
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
P iping Size
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
Thread
Size
1/8
DSGM-01-30
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP .F
1/4
3/8
DSGM-01X-30
DSGM-01Y-30
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP .F
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
Thread
Size
N. Am erican Design Standard
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NP T
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3090
DSGM-01Y-3090
1/4 NP T
3/8 NP T
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the
mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Instructions
Vent Control
When the valve is used for vent control of relief valves or
others, use the pipes of 6 mm (.24 in.) ID. 300 mm
(11.8 in.) or less length for connection.
If the pressure is instable, provide a 1 to 1.5 mm (.04 to
.06 in.) diameter orifice to the vent port of the relief
valves or others.
Circuit Pressure Control
When the pressure in a circuit is directly controlled with
this valve, set the trapped oil volume being more than
40 cm3 (2.44 cu. in.).
Safety Valve Pressure Setting
The pressure of the safety valve at the maximum flow is
preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure
adjustment range plus 2 MPa (290 PSI).
In case where the upper limit of operating pressure is low
or the upper limit of flow rate to be used is different from
the specified maximum flow, please adjust and determine
the setting pressure of the safety valve at the value
calculated from the following formula.
Setting pressure = (Operating pressure upper limit) +
(Additional pressure indicated below)
PSI
300
Additional Pressure
Tank-Line Back Pressure
Check that the tank line back pressure does not exceed 0.
2 MPa (29 PSI).
MPa
2.0
225
150
1.0
75
0
0
0
0
1
2 L/min
.25
.50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
To lower the setting pressure, turn the safety valve
pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise.
After
adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.
No.5
H
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
EDG-01∗ -∗ -1-PNT∗ -51/5190
EDG-01∗ -∗ -PNT∗ -51/5190
With Safety Valve
Without Safety Valve
Fully Extended 216(8.50)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
9.5(.37) Dia. C'Bore
4 Places
79(3.11)
Pressure Adj.
Screw for
Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
40.5
(1.59)
20.5
(.81)
0.75
(.03)
8.5
(.33)
Fully Extended
52
(2.05)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
INC.
Pressure Port "P "
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Tank Port "T"
For other dim ensions, refer to the without safety valve.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Connector
(The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . .
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
190.5
(7.50)
27.5
(1.08)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
No.6
INC.
26.5
(1.04)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
50
(1.97)
37.5
(1.48)
25
(.98)
94.5
(3.72)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
86.7
(3.41)
57.5
(2.26)
39
(1.54)
E Series
Sub-plate for Pilot Relief Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plates
DSGM-01∗ -30/3080/3090
40.5(1.59)
30.2(1.19)
14.2
(.56)
"D " Thd. "E " Deep
4 Places
32
(1.26)
21.5(.85)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
7.5
(.30)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
0.75
(.03)
12.7(.50)
"C " Thd.
4 Places
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
A
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
63
(2.48)
B
T
11
(.43)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
25.8
5.2
P
(.20)
7(.28) Dia.
4 Places
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
2 Places
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"E"
m m (in.)
DSGM-01-3080
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/8
M5
1/8 BSP .F
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NP T
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
DSGM-01X-30
DSGM-01X-3080
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP .F
M5
10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NP T
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NP T
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
DSGM-01-30
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-01Y-3090
H
10 (.39)
No.7
E SERIES
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response (Example)
Flow Rate
: 2 L/min (.53 U.S. GPM)
Trapped Oil Volum e : 40 cm3(2.44 cu. in.)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
These Characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore, they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
EDG-01-B
MPa
9
PSI
1200
Pressure
800
5
Pressure
7
1000
0.2s
600
3
400
200
Step Signal
EDG-01-C
MPa
20
2750
2500
25
3000
2000
12
0.2s
1500
8
1
40
PSI
3500
70
3000
-20
-30
2500
Pressure
Phase
Min. Adjustment Pressure
0
1.5
2000
1500
2 L/min (.53 U.S. GPM)
7.8 ± 1.6 MPa (1130 ± 230 PSI)
30 cm3(1.83 cu. in.)
30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
1.0
EDG-01-C
1000
0.5
500
EDG-01-B
0
0
MPa
0.3
0
200
0.2
0.5
0
0
1
2
.25
.50
Flow Rate
3 L /min
.75
U.S.GPM
Viscosity vs. Pressure
Flow Rate :2 L /min (.53 U.S. GPM)
Oil : ISO VG 46 Oil
Viscosity : 30 mm 2 /s (141 SSU)
MPa
24.5
23.0
21.5
2200
2000
15.7
14.2
12.7
1000
800
600
6.9
5.4
3.9
PSI
EDG-01-H
3000
3550
EDG-01-C
Pressure
Pressure
800
EDG-01-B
Flow Rate vs. Pressure
EDG-01-B
0
0
No.8
600
EDG-01-C
0.15
0
PSI
3600
3400
3200
400
Input Current mA
EDG-01-H
0.1
100
EDG-01-H
2.0
Gain
0.25
200
MPa
2.5
-10
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
20
Viscosity : 30 mm 2 /s (141 SSU)
300
Time
Control Pressure vs. Input Current
Min. Adjustment Pressure
PSI
5
Time
Frequency (Hz)
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
Flow Rate
:
P ressure
:
Trapped Oil Volum e :
Viscocity
:
400
Step Signal
10
1000
Frequency Response
0.2
0.2s
15
Step Signal
4
0.1
20
2000
1000
EDG-01-H
MPa
30
16
Time
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
PSI
4000
Pressure
PSI
1
.25
Flow Rate
2
.50
L /min
U.S.GPM
MPa
24.9
24.5
24.1
2350
2300
2250
16.1
15.7
15.3
1050
1000
950
7.3
6.9
6.5
Temperature
Viscosity
EDG-01-H
EDG-01-C
EDG-01-B
0
35
40
90 100
70 60 50 40
300 250 200
45
50
55
120
30 25
150 125
60
°C
140 °F
20 mm 2 /s
100
SSU
1000
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List and Pilot Valves
Without Safety Valve
EDG-01∗ -∗ -PNT∗ -51/5190
EDG-01V-∗ -PNT∗ -5103
EDG-01-∗ -PNT∗ -5101
12
21 16 20
13 18 3 11 28 1
24 2
5 22 15
4
17
2
3
4
5
1 17 6
6 25 15
With Safety Valve
EDG-01∗ -∗ -1-PNT∗ -51/5190
EDG-01V-∗ -1-P∗ T∗ -5103
1
3 19 10 14 27 26
Pilot Valves
2
5
4
9
8
The table shows the proportional control valves (main
valves) and corresponding pilot relief valves to be used
onto the main valves.
7
List of Seals
Item
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Nam e of P arts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Fastener Seal
P art Num bers
SO-NA-P 6
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-P 7
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-P 18
SO-NB-A013
SO-NB-P 22
SO-FCF-4
Qty .
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Rem arks
Included in
Seal Kit
Kit No.:
KS-EDG-01-51
Note) O-ring (Item 16, 18, 20) and the fastener seal (Item 21) are
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Solenoid Ass'y
13 Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Num bers
∗∗ ∗
∗∗ ∗
EDG-01V- ∗ - ∗ -P NT ∗ -51/5190
EDG-01V- ∗ - ∗ -P ∗ T ∗ -5103
EDG-01- - -P NT -51/5190
EDG-01- - -P NT -5101
E318-Y06M1-28-61
E318-Y06M1-05-61
E318-Y06M1-04-61
Note) The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 12) is not
included in the solenoid assem bly .
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
Main Valve Model Num bers
EBG-03-C-51/5190
EBG-03-H-51/5190
EBG-03-C-T-51/5190
EBG-03-H-T-51/5190
EBG-06-C-51/5190
EBG-06-H-51/5190
EBG-06-C-T-51/5190
EBG-06-H-T-51/5190
EBG-10-C-51/5190
EBG-10-H-51/5190
EBG-10-C-T-51/5190
EBG-10-H-T-51/5190
ERBG-06-B-51/5190
ERBG-06-C-51/5190
ERBG-06-H-51/5190
ERBG-10-B-51/5190
ERBG-10-C-51/5190
ERBG-10-H-51/5190
EFBG-10-500-C-17/1790
EFBG-10-500-H-17/1790
EFBG-10-500-C- -51/5190
EFBG-10-500-H- -51/5190
EFBG-06-500-C- -51/5190
EFBG-06-500-H- -51/5190
∗
∗
∗
∗
P ilot Valve Model Num bers
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-C-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-H-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-C-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-H-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103
EDG-01V-C-P NT11-5103
EDG-01V-H-P NT11-5103
EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
EDG-01V-C-1-P 18T17-5103
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT13-5103
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT12-5103
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT12-5103
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103
No.9
H
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
EDG-01 series valve has changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the solenoid improvement.
Specifications and Characteristics
No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions, however, the outside shape and dimensions are changed as
shown below due to solenoid improvement and other modifications.
Current: Design 50
191.5
(7.54)
26.5
(1.04)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Adaptor
22(.87) Hex.
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Solenoid Ass'y
1 E318- - -50
2 E318-∗ -∗ -60
∗∗
Fully Extended 217(8.54)
Fully
Extended
52
(2.05)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
The solenoid assem bly current design com es in two ty pes:1 E318-50 design and2 60 design.
See the figure on the left for an external view of ty pe1 . See the figure on the right for ty pe2
.
No.10
190.5
(7.50)
86.7
(3.41)
26.5
(1.04)
94.5
(3.72)
86.6
(3.41)
94.5
(3.72)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
New: Design 51
Solenoid Ass'y
E318-∗ -∗ -61
Fully Extended 216(8.50)
Fully
Extended
52
(2.05)
E Series
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
EBG-03
Max. Operating Pres.
24.5 (3550)
MPa (PSI)
EBG-06
EBG-10
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
Max. Flow
L/min(U.S.GPM)
100 (26.4)
200 (52.8)
400 (106)
Min. Flow
L/min(U.S.GPM)
3 (.79)
3 (.79)
3 (.79)
Pressure Adjustment Range
MPa (PSI)
Refer to Model Number Designation
C: 770 mA
H: 820 mA
Rated Current
C:750 mA
H:800 mA
C: 730 mA
H: 780 mA
Coil Resistance
10 Ω
10 Ω
10 Ω
Hysteresis
Less than 3% Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability
Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1%
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) 5.6 (12.3)
6.3 (13.9)
10 (22)
H
Model Number Designation
EB
G
-03
-C
Series Num ber
Ty pe of
Mounting
Valve
Size
P res. Adj . Range
MP a (P SI)
03
EB :
P roportional
Electro-Hy draulic
Relief Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
- 15.7
∗
( ∗ - 2275)
H:
- 24.5
∗
( ∗ - 3550)
06
10
1
C:
1
-T
-51
∗
Safety Valve
Design
Num ber
Design
Standards
None:
W ith
Safety Valve
51
T:
W ithout
Safety Valve
Refer to
2
1. Min. adj ustm ent pressure shall be referred to the curves on page 16.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
W ithout Safety Valve
W ith Safety Valve
No.11
E Series
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model Num bers
Socket Head Cap Screw
Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard
N. Am erican Design Standard
Qty .
EBG-03
M12 × 40 Lg.
1/2 - 13 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg.
4
EBG-06
M16 × 50 Lg.
5/8 - 11 UNC × 2 Lg.
4
EBG-10
M20 × 60 Lg.
3/4 - 10 UNC × 2-1/4 Lg.
4
Applicable Pow er Amplifiers
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20
SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AME-D2-1010- -10
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)
SK1022- - -11
∗
∗∗
∗
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Num bers
Size
Valve
Model
Num bers
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
European Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Num bers
Size
N. Am erican Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Num bers
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs)
BGM-03-20
BGM-03X-20
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
BGM-03-3080
BGM-03X-3080
3/8 BSP .F
1/2 BSP .F
BGM-03-2090
BGM-03X-2090
3/8 NP T
1/2 NP T
2.4 (5.3)
3.1 (6.8)
BGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
BGM-06-3080
3/4 BSP .F
BGM-06-2090
3/4 NP T
4.7 (10.4)
BGM-06X-20
Rc 1
BGM-06X-3080
1 BSP .F
BGM-06X-2090
1 NP T
5.7 (12.6)
BGM-10-20
BGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
BGM-10-3080
BGM-10X-3080
1-1/4 BSP .F
1-1/2 BSP .F
BGM-10-2090
BGM-10X-2090
1-1/4 NP T
1-1/2 NP T
8.4 (18.5)
10.3 (22.7)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used,
the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Instructions
Safety Valve
The pressure of the safety valve for EBG-03 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range
plus 2 MPa (290 PSI) subject to a flow rate of 50 L/min (13.2 U.S.GPM).
The same for EBG-06 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus 3.5 MPa (510
PSI) subject to a flow rate of 100 L/min (26.4 U.S.GPM).
The same for EBG-10 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus 4 MPa (580
PSI) subject to a flow rate of 200 L/min (52.8 U.S.GPM).
In case where the upper limit of operating pressure is low or the upper limit of flow rate to be used is different from the
specified maximum flow, please adjust and determine the setting pressure of the safety valve at the value calculated
from the following formula.
Setting pressure = (Operating pressure upper limit) + (Additional pressure indicated blow)
300
EBG-03
2
200
100
0
1
0
0 25 50 75 100 L/min
PSI
700
600
MPa
5
400
3
EBG-06
4
2
200
0
1
0
0 50 100 150 200 L/min
Additional Pressure
400
MPa
3
Additional Pressure
Additional Pressure
PSI
PSI
900
800
MPa
6
600
4
400
3
5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
5
2
200
0
0
EBG-10
1
0
0 100 200 300 400 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
To lower the setting pressure, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.
No.12
E Series
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Mounting Surface
EBG-03 : ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
EBG-06 : ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
EBG- 03
06-∗ -51/5190
With Safety Valve
Fully Extended 216(8.50)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
EBG- 03
06-∗ -T-51/5190
INC.
Without Safety Valve
"Q" Dia. Through
"S " Dia. Spotface
4 Places
A
B
For other dim ensions, refer to the without safety valve.
C
D
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P "
This port is not used. It is provided
because of the com m on use of the
body with the low-noise relief valve.
On the sub-plate, plug the port which
corresponds to this port.
Connector
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
199.5
(7.85)
57.5
(2.26)
48
(1.89)
27.5
(1.08)
E
F
H
J
39
(1.54)
130
(5.12)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
6
(.24)
K
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
N
L
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin
Model Num bers
Dim ensions
m m (Inches)
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
N
Q
S
EBG-03
197.5
(7.78)
117.6
(4.63)
53.8
(2.12)
40.3
(1.59)
76
(2.99)
53.8
(2.12)
26.9
(1.06)
11.1
(.44)
21.5
(.85)
106
(4.17)
26.1
(1.03)
13.5
(.53)
21
(.83)
EBG-06
205.5
(8.09)
119.5
(4.70)
66.7
(2.63)
42.2
(1.66)
98
(3.86)
70
(2.76)
35
(1.38)
14
(.55)
26
(1.02)
122
(4.80)
36
(1.42)
17.5
(.69)
26
(1.02)
No.13
H
E Series
Relief Valves
EBG-10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Mounting surface:
ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
EBG-10-∗ -51/5190
With Safety Valve
Fully Extended 216(8.50)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
INC.
EBG-10-∗ -T-51/5190
Without Safety Valve
101
(3.98)
39
(1.54)
41.3
(1.63)
82.6
(3.25)
120
(4.72)
For other dim ensions, refer to the without safety valve.
88.9
(3.50)
23.7
(.93)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
18.7
(.74)
211(8.31)
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P "
This port is not used. It is provided
because of the com m on use of the
body with the low-noise relief valve.
On the sub-plate, plug the port which
corresponds to this port.
Connector
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
27.5
(1.08)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
3 Places
235.5(9.27)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6
(.24)
33.5
(1.32)
166(6.54)
57.5
(2.26)
48
(1.89)
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin
No.14
45
(1.77)
155
(6.10)
E Series
Sub-plate for Relief Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
BGM-03,03X-20/3080/2090
Sub-plate: BGM-06,06X-20/3080/2090
BGM-10,10X-20/3080/2090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
A
"d" Dia. Through
"e " Dia. Spotface
4 Places
"h"
4 Places
B
E
D
C
F
J
Z
"t" Thd.
(From Rear)
a
T
V
S
Q
U
H
K
X
L
Y
N
P
6.2(.24) Dia.
"b" Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
Model Num bers
BGM-03
Dim ensions m m (Inches)
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
86
60
13
(3.39) (2.36) (.51)
53.8
3.1
(2.12) (.12)
26.9
149
(1.06) (5.87)
BGM-06
BGM-06X
108
78
15
(4.25) (3.07) (.59)
70
4
(2.76) (.16)
35
180
(1.38) (7.09)
BGM-10
BGM-10X
126
94
16
(4.96) (3.70) (.63)
82.6
5.7
(3.25) (.22)
41.3
227
(1.63) (8.94)
BGM-03X
Model Num bers
BGM-03
BGM-03X
BGM-06
BGM-10
Model
Num bers
BGM-03
BGM-03X
BGM-06
BGM-06X
BGM-10
BGM-10X
U
V
X
Y
19
(.75)
47.4
(1.87)
0
(0)
22
(.87)
22
(.87)
33.4
11
(1.31) (.43)
42
76.2 31.8
44.5 12.7
(1.65) (3.00) (1.25) (1.75) (.50)
BGM-10X
K
L
N
P
Q
S
86
26
(1.02) 97
13
123 (3.39) 32
53.8
(.51) (4.84)
95 (1.26)
21 (3.82) (2.12)
(3.74)
(.83)
106.5
27.2
(1.07) 121
15
150 (4.19) 51
66.7
(.59) (5.91) 119 (2.01)
18 (4.76) (2.63)
(4.69)
(.71)
138.2
30.2
(1.19) 154
16
195 (5.44) 62
88.9
(.63) (7.68) 158 (2.44)
17 (6.06) (3.50)
(6.22)
(.67)
H
Dim ensions m m (Inches)
T
37
55.5 23.8
(1.46) (2.19) (.94)
BGM-06X
f
"n" Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Design "20"
"h"
"n" Thd.
M12 Thd.
20(.79) Deep
Rc 3/8
M16 Thd.
25(.98) Deep
Rc 3/4
M20 Thd.
28(1.10) Deep
Rc1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
e
f
17.5
(.69)
19
(.75)
21
(.83)
24
(.94)
26
31
(1.02) (1.22)
European Design Standard
Design "3080"
"t" Thd.
Rc 1/2
Rc 1
Z
a
b
d
32
(1.26) 20
14.5
11
(.79) (.57) (.43)
40
(1.57)
40
(1.57) 25
23
13.5
(.98) (.91) (.53)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97) 32
28
17.5
63 (1.26) (1.10) (.69)
(2.48)
Rc 1/4
"h"
"n" Thd.
M12 Thd.
20(.79) Deep
3/8 BSP .F
M16 Thd.
25(.98) Deep
3/4 BSP . F
1/2 BSP .F
1 BSP .F
1-1/4 BSP .F
M20 Thd.
28(1.10) Deep 1-1/2 BSP .F
"t" Thd.
N. Am erican Design Standard
Design "2090"
"h"
"n" Thd.
"t" Thd.
1/2-13UNC Thd. 3/8 NP T
22(.87) Deep
1/2 NP T
3/4 NP T
1/4 BSP .F 5/8-11UNC Thd.
27(1.06) Deep
1 NP T
1/4 NP T
3/4-10UNC Thd. 1-1/4 NP T
28(1.10) Deep
1-1/2 NP T
No.15
E SERIES
Relief Valves
EBG-03/0610
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Min. Adjustment Pressure
Viscosity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
PSI
275
250
1.6
200
EBG-06
MPa
2.0
PSI
275
250
Min. Adjustment Pressure
Min. Adjustment Pressure
275
250
EBG-03
MPa
2.0
Min. Adjustment Pressure
PSI
1.6
1.2
1.2
0.8
50
0.4
0
0
100
0
0
25
5
50
10
15
75
100
L /min
20
25
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
50
0
1.2
150
150
100
1.6
200
200
150
EBG-10
MPa
2.0
0.8
100
0.4
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
Flow Rate
200
L /min
50
U.S.GPM
0.8
50
0.4
0
0
0
0
100
20
200
40
60
300
80
Flow Rate
400
L /min
100
U.S.GPM
Step Response (Example)
These Characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore, they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Pressure
MPa
20
EBG-03-C
12
8
4
0.2s
3000
2000
Step Signal
1000
Time
(Flow Rate : 100 L /min, 26.4 U.S.GPM)
EBG-06-C
PSI
8
0.2s
3000
20
2000
15
0.2s
Step Signal
10
1000
4
MPa
20
Time
(Flow Rate : 200 L /min, 52.8 U.S.GPM)
EBG-10-C
PSI
12
8
0.2s
Pressure
Pressure
EBG-10-H
25
2000
3000
Step Signal
Time
(Flow Rate : 400 L /min, 106 U.S.GPM)
20
0.2s
2000
15
10
1000
4
No.16
MPa
30
4000
16
1000
Step Signal
5
Time
(Flow Rate : 200 L /min, 52.8 U.S.GPM)
1500
EBG-06-H
25
1500
2750
2500
MPa
30
4000
16
12
PSI
Step Signal
5
Time
2000
1000
15
10
Pressure
Pressure
MPa
20
20
0.2s
(Flow Rate : 100 L /min, 26.4 U.S.GPM)
2750
2500
EBG-03-H
25
1500
PSI
MPa
30
4000
16
2000
1000
PSI
Pressure
PSI
2750
2500
Trapped Oil Volum e : 1 L (.264 U.S. Gallons)
Viscosity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
5
Step Signal
Time
(Flow Rate : 400 L /min, 106 U.S.GPM)
E SERIES
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Pressure
Frequency Response
Trapped Oil Volum e : 1 L (.264 U.S. Gallons)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
EBG-03
3500
3000
MPa
EBG-03
25
Frequency (Hz)
20
EBG-03-H
Phase (deg.)
Pressure
2500
15
2000
1500
10
1000
EBG-03-C
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0.2
0.4 0.7 1
400
600
800
Input Current mA
20
40
Phase
P ressure : 7.8 ± 1.6 MPa
(1130 ± 230 PSI)
Flow Rate : 100 L/min
(26.4 U.S.GPM)
0
200
7 10
Gain
500
0
4
-10
-20
-30
5
0
2
Gain (dB)
PSI
1000
EBG-06
3500
3500
MPa
EBG-06
25
20
EBG-06-H
Phase (deg.)
Pressure
2500
15
2000
1500
10
1000
EBG-06-C
5
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0.2
0.4
Frequency (Hz)
0.71
2
4
200
400
600
800
Input Current mA
40
H
Gain
P ressure : 7.8 ± 1.6 MPa
(1130 ± 230 PSI)
Flow Rate : 200 L/min
(52.8 U.S.GPM)
0
0
20
Phase
500
0
7 10
-10
-20
-30
Gain (dB)
PSI
1000
EBG-10
PSI
3500
MPa
25
EBG-10
Frequency (Hz)
20
EBG-10-H
1500
15
Phase (deg.)
Pressure
2500
2000
0
-20
-40
10
1000
EBG-10-C
5
0
0
200
400
600
800
Input Current mA
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
20
-10
-20
-30
Gain
Phase
-180
500
0
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
0.2
Gain (dB)
3500
1000
P ressure : 7.8 ± 1.6MPa
(1130 ± 230 PSI)
Flow Rate : 400 L/min
(106 U.S.GPM)
No.17
E SERIES
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Viscosity vs. Pressure
Flow Rate vs. Pressure
Oil : ISO VG 46 Oil
Viscosity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
EBG-03
Flow Rate : 100 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM)
Pressure
3600
3500
2350
2300
2250
MPa
EBG-03-H
24.9
EBG-03
24.5
24.1
EBG-03-C
16.1
15.7
15.3
30
Temperature
35
90
70 60
40
100
50
45
50
120
30
40
55
25
60
°C
140
20
°F
mm 2 /s
Pressure
PSI
PSI
MPa
3600
3450
3300
2300
2150
2000
24.5
23.5
22.5
15.7
14.7
13.7
0
Viscosity
0
300 250
200
150
125
25
5
50
10
15
20
Flow Rate
SSU
100
75
100 L /min
25 U.S.GPM
EBG-06
Pressure
3600
3500
2350
2300
2250
MPa
EBG-06
EBG-06-H
24.9
24.5
24.1
EBG-06-C
16.1
15.7
15.3
30
Temperature
35
90
70 60
40
100
50
45
50
120
30
40
55
25
60
°C
140
20
°F
2
mm /s
Pressure
PSI
Flow Rate : 200 L /min
(52.8 U.S.GPM)
PSI
3600
3400
3200
2300
2150
2000
MPa
24.5
23.0
21.5
15.7
14.7
13.7
0
Viscosity
0
300 250
200
150
125
50
10
100
20
30
40
Flow Rate
SSU
100
150
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM
EBG-10
Pressure
3600
3500
2350
2300
2250
MPa EBG-10-H
24.9
EBG-10
24.5
24.1
EBG-10-C
16.1
15.7
15.3
30
Temperature
35
90
70 60
40
100
50
45
40
50
120
30
55
25
60
°C
140
20
°F
2
mm /s
Viscosity
PSI
3500
3250
3000
2250
2000
1750
MPa
24.5
22.5
20.5
15.7
13.7
11.7
0
0
300 250
No.18
Pressure
PSI
Flow Rate : 400 L /min
(106 U.S.GPM)
200
150
125
100
SSU
100
200
20
50
300
75
Flow Rate
400 L /min
100 U.S.GPM
E Series
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
03
EBG- 06-∗ -∗ -51/5190
10
17 9 23 19 10
Pilot Valve
18
Valve Model Num bers
EBG-03-C-51/5190
EBG-03-H-51/5190
EBG-03-C-T-51/5190
EBG-03-H-T-51/5190
EBG-06-C-51/5190
EBG-06-H-51/5190
EBG-06-C-T-51/5190
EBG-06-H-T-51/5190
EBG-10-C-51/5190
EBG-10-H-51/5190
EBG-10-C-T-51/5190
EBG-10-H-T-51/5190
2
11
19
22
14
7
12
6
5
4
1
15
13
8 21
3 16
10 P ilot Valve Model Num bers
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-C-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-H-P NT09-51
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-C-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-H-P NT10-51
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103
EDG-01V-C-P NT11-5103
EDG-01V-H-P NT11-5103
Note: For the details of pilot valves, refer to "P ilot Relief Valves"
on page 9.
List of Seals
Item
Nam e of P arts
11
12
13
14
15
16
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
EBG-03
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-P 18
P art Num bers
EBG-06
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-P 28
EBG-10
SO-NB-P 42
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-A128
SO-NB-P 32
H
Qty .
1
1
1
2
1
2
Note) W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table below.
In addition to the above O-rings, O-rings for pilot valve are included in the seal
kit.
For the details of the pilot valve seals, see page 9.
List of Seal Kit
Model Num bers
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EBG-03-51
KS-EBG-06-51
KS-EBG-10-51
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
No.19
E Series
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
EBG-03/06/10 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of pilot valve
(EDG-01).
Specifications and Characteristics
No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions, however, the outside shape and dimensions are changed as
shown below due to pilot valve improvement and other modifications.
Current: Design 50
New: Design 51
Fully Extended A
Fully Extended A
B
B
C
C
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Adaptor 22(.87) Hex.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Pilot Valve
EDG-01V, 50 ∗ Design
Pilot Valve
EDG-01V, 51 ∗ Design
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
E
D
E
D
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
See EDG-01 (page 9) for
details of the solenoid ass'y
EBG-03- - -51/5190
∗∗
A
217
(8.54)
216
(8.50)
B
118.6
(4.67)
117.6
(4.63)
C
40.2
(1.58)
40.3
(1.59)
∗∗
217
(8.54)
120.5
(4.74)
42.1
(1.66)
∗∗
216
(8.50)
119.5
(4.70)
42.2
(1.66)
∗∗
217
(8.54)
216
(8.50)
102
(4.02)
101
(3.98)
23.6
(.93)
23.7
(.93)
Model Num bers
∗∗
Current EBG-03- - -50/5090
New
Current EBG-06- - -50/5090
New
EBG-06- - -51/5190
Current EBG-10- - -50/5090
New
No.20
See EDG-01 (page 9) for
details of the solenoid ass'y
∗∗
EBG-10- - -51/5190
D
E
199.5
(7.85)
130
(5.12)
199.5
(7.85)
130
(5.12)
235.5
(9.27)
166
(6.54)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10 (3/4, 1-1/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation
Specifications
Model Numbers
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
Max. Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
Max. Flow
L/min(U.S.GPM)
100 (26.4)
250 (66)
Max. Relieving Flow
L/min(U.S.GPM)
35 (9.24)
15 (3.96)
Description
Secondary Pres. Adj. Range
Refer to Model Number Designation
MPa (PSI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
B: 800 mA
C: 800 mA
H: 950 mA
B: 800 mA
C: 800 mA
H: 950 mA
10 Ω
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
12 (26.5)
10 Ω
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
13.5 (29.8)
The values shown are those obtained where the differential pressure between the
secondary pressure port and tank port is 13.7 MP a (2000 P SI).
H
Graphic Symbol
Model Number Designation
ERB
G
-06
-C
-51
∗
Series Num ber
Ty pe of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Secondary P res. Adj . Range
MP a (P SI)
Design
Num ber
Design
Standards
06
B: 0.8 - 6.9 (115 - 1000)
C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
10
B: 0.9 - 6.9 (130 - 1000)
C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
ERB :
P roportional
Electro-Hy draulic
Reducing and
Relieving Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
51
Refer to
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
No.21
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model Num bers
ERBG-06
Socket Head Cap Screw
Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard
M10 × 70 Lg.
M10 × 70 Lg.
ERBG-10
N. Am erican Design Standard
3/8 - 16 UNC × 2-3/4 Lg.
3/8 - 16 UNC × 2-3/4 Lg.
Qty .
4
6
Applicable Pow er Amplifier
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20
AME-D2-1010- -10
SK1022- - -11
SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)
∗
∗∗
∗
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Valve
Model
Num bers
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
European Design Standard
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
ERBGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
ERBGM-10-10
Rc 1-1/4
N. Am erican Design Standard
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
ERBGM-06-2080
3/4 BSP .F
ERBGM-06-2090
3/4 NP T
3.0 (6.6)
ERBGM-10-1080
1-1/4 BSP .F
ERBGM-10-1090
1-1/4 NP T
6.5 (14.3)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the
mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Instructions
Primary Pressure Required for Preselected Pressure
The primary pressure must be 1 MPa (145 PSI) higher than the preselected pressure.
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure does not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Trapped Oil Volume
The recommended secondary side trapped oil volume is about 20 liters (5.28 U.S.Gallons). Note that the trapped oil
volume must not be lower than 1.4 liters (.37 U.S.Gallons).
No.22
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plate:
ERBGM-06-20/2080/2090
130(5.12)
"E " Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
30.7 77.3(3.04)
(1.21) 60.3(2.37)
49.2(1.94)
44.5(1.75)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
20.6(.81)
25
(.98)
11.1
(.44)
79.4
(3.13)
73
(2.87)
39.7
(1.56)
104(4.09)
5(.20) Dia.
213.5(8.41)
12.3
(.48)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
79.4
(3.13)
27.9
(1.10)
2
(.08)
16
(.63)
18(.71) Dia.
2 Places
The direction can be alterd
to every 90 degree angles.
"C " Thd.
(From Rear)
104(4.09)
20.7
(.81)
"B " Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
ERBG-06-∗ -51/5190
10(.39) Dia.
75.2
(2.96)
60.3
(2.37)
Tank Port "T"
15(.59)
45(1.77)
136(5.35)
"D " Thd.
(From Rear)
16(.63)
102
(4.02)
11.3
(.44)
8.8(.35) Dia. Through
14(.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Primary Pressure Port "P "
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
ERBGM-06-20
ERBGM-06-2080
ERBGM-06-2090
Drain
Port "DR "
Thread Size
"B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M10
3/4 BSP .F 3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F
3/4 NP T 3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC
48
(1.89)
39
(1.54)
27.5
(1.08)
6
(.24)
184.5(7.26)
115
(4.53)
90
(3.54)
56
(2.20)
57
(2.24)
INC.
136.5
(5.37)
57.5
(2.26)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 sq. in.)
Connector
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Secondary Pressure
Port "A "
69.7
(2.74)
208
(8.19)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
No.23
H
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plate:
ERBGM-10-10/1080/1090
101.5(4.00)
84.1(3.31)
67.5(2.66)
42.1(1.66)
12
(.47)
12
(.47)
The direction can be alterd
to every 90 degree angles.
"B " Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
30(1.18)
96
(3.78)
234.5(9.23)
63.5
(2.50)
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
126(4.96)
11.1
(.44)
"D " Thd.
(From Rear)
ERBG-10-∗ -51/5190
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
150(5.91)
ERBGM-10-10
ERBGM-10-1080
ERBGM-10-1090
119(4.69)
55(2.17)
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M10
1-1/4 BSP .F 3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F
1-1/4 NP T 3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC
Drain Port "DR "
Primary
Pressure Port "P "
48
(1.89)
27.5
(1.08)
39
(1.54)
6
(.24)
186.5(7.34)
117
(4.61)
92
(3.62)
55
(2.17)
56
(2.20)
INC.
158
(6.22)
57.5
(2.26)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin
62
(2.44)
233
(9.17)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
No.24
11(.43) Dia.
Through
17.5(.69) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 sq. in.)
Connector
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Tank Port "T"
Secondary
Pressure Port "A "
2
(.08)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
20(.79)
19(.75)
5(.20) Dia.
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
96.8
(3.81)
27
(1.06)
21
(.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
140(5.51)
16.7
(.66)
14(.55) Dia.
9.6
(.38)
25
(.98)
24.6
(.97)
96.8
(3.81)
92.9
(3.66)
48.4
(1.91)
11.6
(.46)
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
120(4.72)
"C " Thd.
(From Rear)
62.7(2.47)
116(4.57)
"E " Thd.
20(.79) Deep
6 Places
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response (Example)
The following step response characteristics are taken when the trapped oil volume is 20 liters (5.28 U.S.Gallons).
The step response varies by trapped oil volume.
P rim ary P ressure : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Trapped Oil Volum e : 20 L (5.28 U.S.Gallons)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06-B
PSI
MPa
8.8
1200
7.8
0.1s
600
1200
7.8
1000
5.9
800
MPa
9.8
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
1000
ERBG-10-B
PSI
1400
3.9
400
2.0
Step Signal
200
800
600
0
0.1s
3.9
400
200
0
5.9
0
2.0
Step Signal
0
Time
Time
ERBG-06-C
PSI
2750
2500
2500
15.7
2000
1500
1000
500
0
11.8
0.1s
7.8
3.9
Step Signal
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
3000
ERBG-10-C
PSI
MPa
21.6
19.6
0
MPa
19.6
11.8
1500
1000
500
0
0.1s
7.8
3.9
Step Signal
0
Time
Secondary Pressure
3000
2500
MPa
1000
500
0
ERBG-10-H
ERBG-06-H
23.5
19.6
0.1s
11.8
7.8
3.9
PSI
4000
MPa
27.5
3500
23.5
3000
15.7
2000
1500
Time
Step Signal
Secondary Pressure
PSI
3500
2500
1500
1000
0
Time
19.6
15.7
2000
500
0
H
15.7
2000
0.1s
11.8
7.8
Step Signal
3.9
0
Time
No.25
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Secondary Pressure
PSI
3000
MPa
21.0
2500
17.5
2000
14.0
1500
10.5
ERBG-06
ERBG-06-H
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
P rim ary P ressure: 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06-C
1000
7.0
500
3.5
ERBG-06-B
PSI
3000
MPa
21.0
2500
17.5
2000
14.0
1500
10.5
ERBG-10
ERBG-10-H
ERBG-10-C
1000
7.0
500
3.5
ERBG-10-B
0
0
0
200
400
600
800
0
0
1000
0
Input Current mA
200
400
600
800
1000
Input Current mA
Frequency Response
P rim ary P ressure : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Trapped Oil Volum e: 20 L (5.28 U.S.Gallons)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06-B
ERBG-10-B
0.2
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
Gain
Phase
Secondary Pressure
4.9 ± 1.5 MPa
(710 ± 215
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
10
0
-10
-20
0.1
Phase
Gain
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Phase
10
0
-10
-20
0.1
Secondary Pressure
16.7 ± 3.9 MPa
(2420 ± 565
4
7 10
Phase
Secondary Pressure
10.8 ± 2.9 MPa
(1565 ± 420
Frequency (Hz)
4
7 10
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
10
0
-10
-20
0.1
0.2
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
Gain
Gain (dB)
2
Gain
Phase
2
ERBG-10-H
Phase (deg.)
0.4 0.7 1
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
No.26
0.2
0.4 0.7 1
Gain
Frequency (Hz)
0.1
0.2
Gain (dB)
7 10
Phase (deg.)
4
ERBG-06-H
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
7 10
Frequency (Hz)
2
Secondary Pressure
10.8 ± 2.9 MPa
(1565 ± 420
10
0
-10
-20
4
ERBG-10-C
0.4 0.7 1
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0.2
2
Secondary Pressure
4.9 ± 1.5 MPa
(710 ± 215
Frequency (Hz)
0.1
0.4 0.7 1
Gain
ERBG-06-C
10
0
-10
-20
0.2
Gain (dB)
0.1
Frequency (Hz)
Phase (deg.)
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
10
0
-10
-20
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
Frequency (Hz)
Phase
Secondary Pressure
16.7 ± 3.9 MPa
(2420 ± 565
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Flow Rate vs. Secondary Pressure
Viscosity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06-B
Secondary Pressure
1000
900
ERBG-10-B
MPa
6.9
6.4
5.9
700
600
4.9
4.4
3.9
500
400
3.4
2.9
2.4
100
0
1.0
0.5
0
PSI
1000
800
MPa
6.9
5.9
4.9
600
400
3.9
2.9
1.9
200
0
2.0
1.0
0
Secondary Press.
PSI
0
0
20
40
60
80
25
0
100 L /min
50
10
75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min
20
30
40
50
60 65 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0
5
10
15
Flow Rate
20
25
U.S.GPM
ERBG-10-C
ERBG-06-C
MPa
13.7
13.2
12.7
1400
1300
9.8
9.3
8.8
1000
900
6.9
6.4
5.9
600
500
400
3.9
3.4
2.9
PSI
1600
1400
MPa
10.8
9.8
8.8
800
600
5.9
4.9
3.9
Secondary Press.
Secondary Pressure
PSI
2000
1900
0 25
0
50
10
0
20
40
5
10
60
15
Flow Rate
80
20
25
1400
1200
9.8
8.8
7.8
1000
900
6.9
6.4
5.9
50
60 65 U.S.GPM
ERBG-10-H
PSI
3200
2800
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
13.7
12.7
11.7
40
U.S.GPM
MPa
20.6
19.6
18.6
2000
1800
30
100 L /min
ERBG-06-H
2800
20
Flow Rate
0
PSI
3000
75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min
0
0
20
40
5
10
60
15
Flow Rate
80
20
100 L /min
25
U.S.GPM
MPa
21.6
19.6
17.6
2400
2000
16.7
14.7
12.7
1600
1200
11.8
9.8
7.8
1000
800
6.9
4.9
2.9
0 25
0
50
10
75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min
20
30
40
50
60 65 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
No.27
H
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Viscosity vs. Secondary Pressure
ERBG-06-B
1025
1000
975
525
500
475
Oil: ISO VG 32 Oil
MPa
7.1
6.9
6.6
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
PSI
ERBG-10-B
3.7
3.5
3.2
20
30
40
50
60
°C
Tem perature
70
70
Viscosity
80
50
300
100
40
30
120
20
150
100
200
80
MPa
7.4
6.9
6.4
550
500
450
3.9
3.4
2.9
Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
20
30
1050
1000
950
500
SSU
MPa
13.7
13.2
12.7
7.4
6.9
6.4
20
30
40
60
50
°C
Tem perature
50 60
300 200
80
100 75
Viscosity
1000
500
100
60 50
300
300
120
40
30
200
PSI
2000
1900
MPa
13.7
13.2
12.7
120
40
200
1050
1000
950
7.4
6.9
6.4
20
Tem perature
50 60
300 200
30
40
80
100 75
100
60 50
No.28
500
300
SSU
40
50
70
60
°C
120
40
30
140
25
20
160 °F
mm 2 /s
500
300
200
150
100
SSU
Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
50
120
40
60
30
°C
140 °F2
25 mm /s
Viscosity
1000
100
ERBG-10-H
10.8
9.8
8.8
20
160 °F
2
mm /s
Viscosity
SSU
150
30
70 80
100
150 100 75 60 50
140 °F2
25 mm /s
MPa
20.6
19.6
18.6
10
20
Tem perature
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
1600
1400
140
25
150
Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
2800
30
Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
ERBG-06-H
PSI
3000
°C
ERBG-10-C
Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
10
70
60
Viscosity
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
1900
50
70 80
100
150 100 75 60 50
ERBG-06-C
PSI
2000
40
Tem perature
°F
140
2
15 mm /s
90
PSI
1050
1000
950
200
150
SSU
PSI
3000
2800
MPa
20.6
19.6
18.6
1600
1400
10.8
9.8
8.8
20
30
40
50
60
70
°C
Tem perature
70 80
100
150 100 75 60 50
120
40
30
140
25
20
160 °F
2
mm /s
100
SSU
Viscosity
500
300
200
150
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
Spare Parts List
ERBG- 06-∗ -51/5190
10
7
13
11
16
3
5
8
4
1 17 11 6 18 9 14 10 2 15 12
List of Seals
Item
Nam e of P arts
8
9
10
11
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Pilot Valve
P art Num bers
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P 36
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-P 18
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-P 9
Qty .
2
2
1
3
Note) W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from
the table right. In addition to the above O-rings, O-rings for pilot
valve are included in the seal kit.
For the details of the pilot valve seals, see page 9.
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-ERBG-06-51
KS-ERBG-10-51
Valve Model No.
ERBG-06-B-51/5190
ERBG-06-C-51/5190
ERBG-06-H-51/5190
ERBG-10-B-51/5190
ERBG-10-C-51/5190
ERBG-10-H-51/5190
7 P ilot Valve Model Num bers
EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
Note: For the details of pilot valves, refer to "P ilot Relief Valves"
on page 9.
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
No.29
H
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
ERBG-06/10 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of pilot valve
(EDG-01).
Specifications and Characteristics
No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions, however, the outside shape and dimensions are changed as
shown below due to pilot valve improvement and other modifications.
Current: Design 50
See EDG-01 (page 8)
for details about the
solenoid ass'y
New: Design 51
Pilot Valve
EDG-01, 5001 Design
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
See EDG-01 (page 8)
for details about the
solenoid ass'y
A
A
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
B
Adaptor
22(.87) Hex.
C
C
∗
A
214.5
(8.44)
213.5
(8.41)
B
136.5
(5.37)
136.5
(5.37)
C
115
(4.53)
115
(4.53)
∗
235.5
(9.27)
158
(6.22)
117
(4.61)
∗
234.5
(9.23)
158
(6.22)
117
(4.61)
Model Num bers
∗
Current ERBG-06- -50/5090
ERBG-06- -51/5190
Current ERBG-10- -50/5090
New
No.30
B
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
New
Pilot Valve
EDG-01, 5101 Design
ERBG-10- -51/5190
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Pub. EC-1303
E SERIES
PROPORTIONAL FLOW CONTROLS
Flow Control / Flow Control and Check /
Flow Control and Relief
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
General Information
Up to 24.5 M Pa (3550 PSI), 500 L /m in (132 U.S.GPM )
Flow Control / Flow Control and Check Valves
These valves vary their output flow proportionally to an input current, therefore, by controlling the input current
from the power amplifier, the flow rate in the system can be continuously, remotely and optionally regulated.
Furthermore, as the valves have the functions of pressure and temperature compensation, the flow rate is not affected
by the variation in the pressure (load) and temperature (viscosity of hydraulic fluids).
These valves are optimal for such a usage where the start-up, stop and speed change of the actuator are required to be
done without shocks. The valves are used together with the applicable power amplifiers.
40Ω Series ..............................................
Page
4 throttle
A direct-acting model designed to control the
10Ω Series .............................................Page
14hydraulic pilot amplification model is employed,
A
with a high-power solenoid is employed, providing a
high strength against contamination in oil and an outstanding reliability.
achieving a small hysteresis with a small solenoid.
O
M
O
M
H
Flow Control and Relief Valves
These valves control the pump pressure effectively by responding to a small pressure difference against the load
pressure. Therefore, it can be said that they are energy-saving metre-in type flow control valves which can be operated
at a low power consumption. Furthermore, as the valves have temperature compensator, the stable control of the flow
rate is possible irrespective of change in the oil temperature.
40Ω - 10Ω Series ...... Page
22 flow control, a direct-acting
For
10Ω - 10Ω Series ...... Page
33
For flow control, a hydraulic pilot
High Flow Series ....... Page
44
Parts have been improved, doubling
model using a high-power solenoid
is employed, providing an outstanding reliability.
amplification model is employed,
providing a small hysteresis.
the maximum controlled flow,
which enables the equipment to be
compacted.
A
A
Y
A
Y
O
M
Y
O
M
V
O
M
V
V
T
P
T
P
T
P
No.1
E SERIES
Flow Control Valves
Flow Control / Flow Control and Check /
Flow Control and Relief
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-"
Synthetic Fluids
to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-Containing FluidsUse water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hy draulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult y our Yuken representatives in advance.
Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Name
Viscosity
Flow Control Valves
20 - 200 mm2/s
Flow Control and Check Valves
Flow Control and Relief Valves(98 - 900 SSU)
Temperature
-15 - +70°C
(5 - 160°F)
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µ m or finer line filter.
No.2
E SERIES
Flow Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Flow Control / Flow Control and Check /
Flow Control and Relief
Instructions
Mounting Positioning Orientation
Be sure that the air vent faces up. The air vent position can be changed as desired.
If the pressure control solenoid of the EFBG valve is mounted vertically, the minimum adjustment pressure is 2 MPa
(290 PSI) or higher.
[Good ex ample]
[Bad ex ample]
Air Vent
Air Vent
SOL
SOL
Air Vent
Air Vent
SOL
Air Vent
Air Vent
Air Bleeding
Manual Adjustment Screw
To ensure stable control, bleed the air from solenoid
completely and fill its iron core with oil.
Bleeding can be done by slowly loosening an air vent.
The 10Ω series solenoid has three air vents. Choose
one that appears most helpful (see the figure below).
When initial adjustments are to be made or when no
current is supplied to the valve due to electrical failure or
other problem, turn the manual adjustment screw to
temporarily set the valve pressure and flow rate. In that
case, when turn the manual adjustment screw clockwise,
the valve pressure rises and flow increase. Under normal conditions, however, this screw must be kept in its
original position (see the figure below).
Solenoid
Solenoid
Air Vent 3 Places
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw or
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
10 Ω Series Solenoid
Case
Air Vent
M4 Screw
Manual adjustment pin
Manual adjustments can be done by
×
screwing for example
an M4 20L screw in
the M4 thread or pushing in a pin there with
a rod etc.
40 Ω Series Solenoid
Tank and Drain Piping
Hysteresis and Repeatability Value Indications
The tank-line back pressure and drain back pressure
directly affect the minimum adjustment pressure or
flow adjustment valve main spool operating force.
Therefore, do not connect the tank or drain pipes to
other lines, but connect them directly to the reservoir
maintaining the back pressure as low as possible.
Be sure that the tank and drain pipe ends are immersed
in fluid.
The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the
specifications for each control valve are determined under
the following conditions:
Hysteresis Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used.
Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used
under the same conditions.
No.3
H
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
PROPORTIONAL
Valves
CONTROLS
EFG/EFCG-02/03/06/10 (1/4, 3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4)
Ω
40
Specifications / Model Number Designation
Specifications
Model No.
EFG -02- 10
EFCG
30
Description
EFG -03- 60 EFG -06-250
EFCG
125 EFCG
EFG -10-500
EFCG
Max. Operating P res.
MP a (P SI)
20.6 (3000)
20.6 (3000)
20.6 (3000)
20.6 (3000)
Metred Flow
Adj ustm ent Range
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
10: 0.3-10
(.08-2.6)
30: 0.3-30
(.08-7.9)
60: 2-60
(.53-15.9)
125: 2-125
(.53-33)
3-250
(.79-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
Min. Differential P res.
MP a (P SI)
0.6 (90)
1.0 (145)
1.3 (190)
2.0 (290)
Free Flow
(EFCG Models Only .)
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
40 (10.6)
130 (34.3)
280 (74.0)
550 (145)
Rated Current
600 m A
600 m A
600 m A
700 m A
Coil Resistance
43.5 Ω
43.5 Ω
43.5 Ω
43.5 Ω
Hy steresis
Less than 5%
Less than 7%
Less than 7%
Less than 7%
Repeatability
Less than 1%
Less than 1%
Less than 1%
Less than 1%
8.2 (18.1)
12.5 (27.6)
25 (55.1)
51 (113)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Min. pressure difference required between inlet and outlet ports to m aintain function as
pressure com pensator.
Graphic Sym bols
Model Number Designation
EFC
G
-02
-10
-31
∗
Series Num ber
Ty pe of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
Design
Num ber
Design
Standards
02
10: 10 (2.6)
30: 30 (7.9)
31
03
60: 60 (15.9)
125: 125 (33)
26
06
250: 250 (66)
22
10
500: 500 (132)
11
EF :
P roportional ElectroHy draulic Flow Control
Valve
EFC :
P roportional ElectroHy draulic Flow Control
and Check Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
EFG-∗
Refer to
Note: If y ou are going to use the m odel with pressure com pensator stroke adj ustm ent screw, consult
y our Yuken representative in advance.
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
No.4
O
M
O
M
EFCG-∗
Ω
40
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model
Num bers
∗
EF∗ G-03
EF∗ G-06
EF∗ G-10
EF G-02
Qty .
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std.
M8 × 75 Lg.
N. Am erican Design Std.
5/16-18 UNC × 3 Lg.
M10 × 100 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC × 4 Lg.
4
M16 × 130 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC × 5 Lg.
4
M20 × 160 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC × 6-1/2 Lg.
4
4
Applicable Pow er Amplifiers
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-S- -32
AME-DF-S- -22
AME-T-S- -22
∗
∗
∗
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Num bers
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Sub-plate
Model Num bers Thread Size
European Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread Size
Model Num bers
N. Am erican Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread Size
Model Num bers
EFG -02
EFCG
EFGM-02X-20
EFGM-02Y-20
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
EFGM-02X-2080
EFGM-02Y-2080
3/8 BSP .F
1/2 BSP .F
EFGM-02X-2090
EFGM-02Y-2090
3/8 NP T
1/2 NP T
2.3 (5.1)
3.1 (6.8)
EFG -03
EFCG
EFGM-03Y-20
Rc 3/4
EFGM-03Y-2080
3/4 BSP .F
EFGM-03Y-2090
3/4 NP T
5.7 (12.6)
EFGM-03Z-20
Rc 1
EFGM-03Z-2080
1 BSP .F
EFGM-03Z-2090
1 NP T
5.6 (12.3)
EFG -06
EFCG
EFGM-06X-20
EFGM-06Y-20
Rc 1
Rc 1-1/4
EFGM-06X-2080
EFGM-06Y-2080
1 BSP .F
1-1/4 BSP .F
EFGM-06X-2090
EFGM-06Y-2090
1 NP T
1-1/4 NP T
12.5 (27.6)
16 (35.3)
EFG -10
EFCG
EFGM-10Y-10
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFGM-10Y-1080
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFGM-10Y-1090
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
37 (81.6)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
H
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate m odel num ber from the table above. W hen sub-plates are not used, the m ounting surface should
have a good m achined finish.
W hen ordering the EFGM-10Y, see Ty pe F3 P ipe Flange Kits on Catalogue No. P ub. EC-3001 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.
Models w ith Pressure Compensator Stroke Adjustment Screw
A models with pressure compensator stroke adjustment screw is optionally available to minimize the actuator
protrusion (jumping) at startup. For the details, please consult us or your Yuken distributors.
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure does not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Models with Check Valve
A models with check valve makes it possible to obtain a free flow in the direction opposite that of the controlled flow
without respect to the input current.
No.5
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
40
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
EFG/EFCG-02-∗ -31/3190
EFG/EFCG-03-∗ -26/2690
Cable Departure
...
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...
8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
39
P
(1.54)
Inlet Port for Controlled Flow or
Outlet Port for Reversed Free Flow
Drain Port
Outlet Port for
Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for
C
Reversed Free
Flow
D
45
40
(1.77) (1.57)
85
(3.35)
E
F
J
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
97
(3.82)
H
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
Locating Pin
6 (.24) Dia.
"U " Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
"Q" Dia. Through
"S " Dia. Spotface
4 Places
B
A
6
(.24)
T
N
L
Manual Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.)
K
INC.
Manual adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an M4×20 L screw in the M4 thread or pushing
in a rod etc. there.
Model
Num bers
∗
EF G-02
∗
EF G-03
Dim ensions
A
B
C
96
76.2
9.9
(3.78) (3.00) (.39)
125 101.6 11.7
(4.92) (4.00) (.46)
D
E
F
H
38.1
106
82.6 11.7
(1.50) (4.17) (3.25) (.46)
50.8
130 101.6 14.2
(2.00) (5.12) (4.00) (.56)
m m (Inches)
J
K
L
N
P
Q
46.3
195
81
66
108
8.8
(1.82) (7.68) (3.19) (2.60) (4.25) (.35)
61.8
212
98
85
125
11
(2.43) (8.35) (3.86) (3.35) (4.92) (.43)
EFG/EFCG-06-250-22/2290
EFG/EFCG-10-500-11/1190
U
1
2
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Cable Departure
...
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...
8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
39
(.002 sq. in.)
Q
(1.54)
Inlet Port for Controlled Flow or
Outlet Port for Reversed Free Flow
Two Locating Pins
"V " Dia.
45
(1.77)
Drain Port
E
F
J
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
97
(3.82)
85
(3.35)
40
(1.57)
H
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
Outlet Port for
Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for
Reversed Free
C
Flow
S
T
14
65
(.55) (2.56)
17.5
84
(.69) (3.31)
D
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
B
A
P
U
"S " Dia. Through
"T" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
N
Manual Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.)
L
K
INC.
Manual adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an M4×20 L screw in the M4 thread or pushing
in a rod etc. there.
Model
Num bers
∗
17
73.1
174 133.4
(.67) (2.88) (6.85) (5.25)
20.3
99
244
130
105
7
(.80) (3.90) (9.61) (5.12) (4.13) (.28)
157
17.5
(6.18) (.69)
T
U
103.5
26
(1.02) (4.07)
V
16
(.63)
∗
244 196.9
(9.61) (7.75)
23.5 98.5
228 177.8
(.93) (3.88) (8.98) (7.00)
25
144.5 274
160
137
10
(.98) (5.69) (10.79) (6.30) (5.93) (.39)
187
21.5
(7.36) (.85)
135
32
(1.26) (5.31)
18
(.71)
EF G-10
C
D
E
F
H
J
m m (Inches)
A
B
180 146.1
(7.09) (5.75)
EF G-06
No.6
Dim ensions
K
L
N
P
Q
S
Ω
40
E Series
Sub-plate for
Series Flow Control (and Check)
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plate
EFGM-02X/02Y-20/2080/2090
"A " Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
21.9(.86)
E
120(4.72)
140(5.51)
52.4(2.06)
82.6(3.25)
23.8(.94)
44.3(1.74)
EFGM-02X-20
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/8
EFGM-02Y-20
Rc 1/2
EFGM-02X-2080
3/8 BSP .F
EFGM-02Y-2080
EFGM-02X-2090
1/2 BSP .F
3/8 NP T
EFGM-02Y-2090
1/2 NP T
5/16-18 UNC
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
EFGM-02Y-20
11.5
(.45)
"K " Dia.
"B " Thd.
(From Rear)
EFGM-02X-2080
8.6
(.34)
EFGM-02X-2090
11.5
(.45)
8.6
(.34)
72.9
35
(2.87) (1.38)
75.9
25
(2.99) (.98)
EFGM-02Y-2090
11.5
(.45)
72.9
35
(2.87) (1.38)
EFGM-02Y-2080
15
(.59)
18
(.17)
14
(.55)
K
11
(.43)
11.7
(.46)
11
(.43)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
H
23(.91) Dia.
2 Places
"C " Thd. "D " Deep
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
86.5(3.41)
101.6(4.
00)
61.8(2.43)
28.6
(1.13)
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep
2 Places
11.1(.44)
47.8
(1.88)
92.2(3.63)
146(5.75)
168(6.61)
1/4 NP T
Thread Size
EFGM-03Y-20
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/4
EFGM-03Z-20
Rc 1
EFGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP .F
EFGM-03Z-2080
EFGM-03Y-2090
1 BSP .F
3/4 NP T
EFGM-03Z-2090
1 NP T
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
D
m m (in.)
M10
18
(.71)
3/8-16 UNC
21
(.83)
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP .F
1/4 NP T
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
11(.43) Dia.
40
(1.57)
11
(.43)
22.2(.87)
M8
1/4 BSP .F
EFGM-02X-20
15
(.59)
16
(.63)
"A " Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
Rc 1/4
19
(.75)
20
(.79)
16.1
(.63)
54
(2.13)
81.5(3.21)
130(5.12)
14.2
(.56)
"B " Thd.
(From Rear)
125(4.92)
102.4(4.03)
101.6(4.00)
75
(2.95)
50.8
(2.00)
20.6
(.81)
"C" Thd.
Dim ensions m m (Inches)
E
F
H
J
75.9
25
(2.99) (.98)
14
(.55)
72.9
35
(2.87) (1.38)
14
(.55) 15.2
75.9
25
(2.99) (.98)
(.60)
EFGM-03Y/03Z-20/2080/2090
11.7(.46)
0.8(.03)
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
D
8.6
(.34)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
F
10
(.39)
8.8(.35) Dia. Through
14(.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
2.5(.10)
78(3.07)
106(4.17)
D
14
(.55)
"C " Thd.
"H " Deep
4 Places
"J " Dia.
2 Places
96(3.78)
79.4(3.13)
76.2(3.00)
54
(2.13)
38.1
(1.50)
9.5
(.37)
11.1(.44)
9.9
(.39)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
No.7
E Series
Sub-plate for
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Ω
40
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
180(7.09)
146.1(5.75)
144.4(5.69)
104.8(4.13)
73(2.87)
22.2(.87)
24
(.94)
"C " Thd.
"P " Deep
4 Places
29(1.14) Dia.
2 Places
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
12.7(.50)
17
(.67)
17(.67) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
2 Places
33(1.30)
"A " Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
F
"B " Thd. (From Rear)
Q
14(.55) Dia.
H
19
(.75)
"A" Thd.
EFGM-06X-20
Rc 1
EFGM-06Y-20
Rc 1-1/4
EFGM-06X-2080
1 BSP .F
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
M16
3/8 BSP .F
EFGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP .F
EFGM-06X-2090
1 NP T
3/8 NP T
5/8-11 UNC
EFGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NP T
D
101.1
(3.98)
95.3
(3.75)
101.1
(3.98)
95.3
(3.75)
101.1
(3.98)
95.3
(3.75)
E
14.3
(.56)
19.3
(.76)
14.3
(.56)
19.3
(.76)
14.3
(.56)
19.3
(.76)
F
55.2
(2.17)
67
(2.64)
55.2
(2.17)
67
(2.64)
55.2
(2.17)
67
(2.64)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
250(9.84)
"A " Thd.
(From Rear)
183.5(7.22)
284(11.18)
334(13.15)
No.8
50(1.97)
48(1.89)
"F3" Series Pipe Flange Kits
Refer to the Catalogue
No. Pub. EC-3001.
EFGM-10Y-10
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/8
EFGM-10Y-1080
EFGM-10Y-1090
3/8 BSP .F
3/8 NP T
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
EFGM-10Y-10
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
80
(3.15)
25
(.98)
73
43.5 (2.87)
(1.71)
148.5(5.85)
"D " Thd. "E " Deep
8 Places (From Rear)
228(8.98)
73
(2.87)
73
(2.87)
20(.79) Dia.
15(.59) Deep
2 Places
14(.55) Dia.
43.5(1.71) Dia.
2 Places
25
(.98)
34.9
73
(1.37) (2.87)
17.3(.68)
36
(1.42)
177.8(7.
00)
144.5(5.
69)
55.5(21.9)
48(1.89) Dia.
2 Places
(From Rear)
"B " Thd.
"C " Deep
4 Places
m m (Inches)
K
N
P
Q
S
35
34
(1.38) (1.34)
106
14
(4.17) (.55)
40
39
(1.57) (1.54) 30
35
34 (1.18)
15.2
(1.38) (1.34)
116 (.60)
(4.57) 15
40
39
(1.57) (1.54)
(.59)
35
34
(1.38) (1.34) 35
106
14
40
39 (1.38) (4.17) (.55)
(1.57) (1.54)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
29(1.14)
244(9.61)
198.4(7.81)
196.9(7.75)
144.5(5.69)
98.5(3.88)
J
Dim ensions
H
J
137.8
45
(5.43) (1.77)
132
60
(5.20) (2.36)
137.8
45
(5.43) (1.77)
132
60
(5.20) (2.36)
137.8
45
(5.43) (1.77)
132
60
(5.20) (2.36)
EFGM-10Y-10/1080/1090
23.5(.93)
1.6(.06)
K
212(8.35)
250(9.84)
N
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
99(3.90)
104.8(4.
13)
133.4(5.
25)
3.7
(.15)
D
126(4.96)
174(6.85)
E
1.6(.06)
41.3(1.63)
EFGM-06X/06Y-20/2080/2090
EFGM-10Y-1080
EFGM-10Y-1090
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
M20
M16
3/4-10 UNC
5/8-11 UNC
m m (Inches)
D
E
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
34 (1.34)
35 (1.38)
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
40
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Flow
EFG -02
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min
8
30
25
EF∗ G-02-30
Flow Rate
6
5
4
3
20
25.0
Flow Rate
7
U.S.GPM
32.5
30.0
15
10
2
1
0
20.0
100
80
15.0
10.0
40
5.0
20
EF∗ G-02-10
0
L /min
125
120
60
5
0
0 100 200 300400 500 600
50
40
30
200
150
0
50
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA
EFG -10
EFCG
80
60
300
200
40
100
20
10
EF∗ G-03-60
0
U.S.GPM L /min
140
500
120
400
100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
250
65
60
EF∗ G-03-125
0
Input Current mA
EFG -06
EFCG
EFG -03
EFCG
20
100
0
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Input Current mA
H
100 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA
Differential Pressure vs. Metred Flow
EFG -02
EFCG
4.1
4.0
3.9
3.8
15.5
15.0
14.5
.550
.525
.500
2.1
2.0
1.9
U.S.GPM L /min
34 130
33 125
32 120
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
8.5
32
8.0
30
7.5
28
14.0 52.5
13.5 50.0
13.0 47.5
.96
.90
0.4
1.0
100
2.0
5.0
200 500
EFG -03
EFCG
10
3.7
3.5
3.3
0.8 1.0
20 MPa
150 200
1000 2000 3000
PSI
28
26
24
110
100
90
2.8
2.6
2.4
11
10
9
1
EFG -06
EFCG
U.S.GPM
132
130
128
126
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
L /min
260
250
240
2
200 300 500
5
10
1000
20 MPa
2000 3000
PSI
Differential P ressure
5.0
10
20 MPa
500 1000 2000 3000
PSI
Differential P ressure
Differential P ressure
U.S.GPM
68
66
64
2.0
EFG -10
EFCG
L /min
500
490
480
82
80
78
76
310
300
290
1.45
1.40
1.35
1.30
5.4
5.2
5.0
1
2
300
5
500
10
1000
20 MPa
2000 3000
PSI
Differential P ressure
No.9
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
40
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response
Viscosity vs. Flow
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
U.S.GPM L /min
140
35
120
30
100
25
80
20
60
15
40
10
30 L /min
(7.9 U.S.GPM)
15 L /min
(4 U.S.GPM)
10
0.2s
5
0
5
0
Step Signal
20
Step Signal
0
Tim e
U.S.GPM L /min
600
150
500
125
400
100
300
75
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
20
10
0
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
100
0.2s
50
Step Signal
0
50
200
25
100
0
0
500 L /min
(132 U.S.GPM)
250 L /min
(66 U.S.GPM)
0.2s
Step Signal
Tim e
Tim e
EFG -02
EFCG
EFG -03
EFCG
4 7 10 20 40
Gain
Phase
0
0
-20 -10
-40 -20
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Input Current : 440 ± 100 mA
Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
Frequency (Hz)
0.7 1 2
0.1 0.2
4
Gain
Phase
Input Current : 460 ± 70 mA
Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
No.10
30
7 10
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
Gain
16
13
6
3
Frequency (Hz)
0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20
Gain
Input Current : 475 ± 125 mA
Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
EFG -06
EFCG
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
155
125
95
60
30
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Temperature
5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F 2
200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm /s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU
0.1 0.2
Phase
40
35
30
25
15
10
5
0
Phase
Gain (dB)
-15
-20
4 7 10
EFG -10
EFCG
Phase (deg.)
-60
-80
-100
-120
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
0
-5
-10
0.7 1 2
Input Current : 460 ± 70 mA
Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
EFG -06
EFCG
0
-20
-40
0.1 0.2
Gain (dB)
0
-10
-20
2
Frequency (Hz)
Phase (deg.)
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
Frequency (Hz)
0.7 1
27
19
U.S.GPM L /min
280
70
250
65
60
220
Frequency Response
0.2
30
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
U.S.GPM L /min
140
35.0
125
32.5
30.0
110
75
20.0
17.5
60
15.0
12.5
45
30
7.5
5.5
15
2.5
0
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Temperature
5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F 2
200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm /s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU
EFG -10
EFCG
250 L /min
(66 U.S.GPM)
150
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
EFG -03
EFCG
EFG -06
EFCG
40
30
EFG -02
EFCG
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Temperature
5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F 2
200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm /s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU
0.2s
Tim e
U.S.GPM L /min
300
70
250
60
200
50
1.5
1.0
.5
0
L /min
33
Flow Rate
15
60 L /min
(15.9 U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
25
20
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
U.S.GPM L /min
560
140
500
130
120
440
Flow Rate
L /min
35
30
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
EFG -03
EFCG
Flow Rate
EFG -02
EFCG
U.S.GPM
8.5
8.0
7.5
7.0
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
80
70
60
50
30
20
10
0
EFG -10
EFCG
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
310
250
190
120
60
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Temperature
5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F
200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm 2 /s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
40
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow (Only for "EFCG" M odels)
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
Specific Gravity : 0.850
MPa
0.5
PSI
Throttle Closed
0.4
0.3
P
PSI
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
EFCG-03
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
P
EFCG-02
Throttle Fully
0.2
0.1
0
0
0
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
7.5
40
10.0
80
60
Throttle Closed
0.4
Throttle Fully
40
20
0
50 L/min
MPa
0.6
0.2
0
0
0
12.5 U.S.GPM
50
100
10
20
30
1.0
P
Throttle Closed
0.8
Throttle Fully
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
100
200
25
50
40
50 U.S.GPM
EFCG-10
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
P
EFCG-06
MPa
0.6
200 L/min
Free Flow
Free Flow
PSI
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
150
300
75
400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM
PSI
160
140
120
100
MPa
80
60
40
20
0
0.6
1.0
Throttle Closed
0.8
H
Throttle Fully
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
200
50
Free Flow
400
100
600
150
800 L/min
200 U.S.GPM
Free Flow
For any other viscosity , m ultiply the factors in the table below.
m m 2 /s 20
40
60 80 100
SSU 98 186 278 371 464
Factor
0.87 1.03 1.14 1.23 1.30
Viscosity
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P ') m ay be obtained from the form ula below.
P '= P (G'/0.850)
No.11
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
40
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFG/EFCG-02-∗ -31/3190
EFG/EFCG-03-∗ -26/2690
∗
∗
EF G-03
13 31 8
44
7 40 2 21
24 39 5
EF G-02
4 6 12 29 36
5 39 33 4 29 36
15 32 35
A
25 10 34 11
38 16 37 3 1 27 34
43 42 23
41
1 30
Detail of A
26 1
6 22 15 12 30 35
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
With Check Valve (EFCG-02, 03)
1
18 9 28 14 17
List of Seals and Solenoids Ass'y
Item
Nam e of P arts
23
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
41
42
43
44
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Fastener Seal
List of Seal Kits
P art Num bers
EF G-02
EF G-03
E321-45-20
E321-45-20
SO-NB-P 18
SO-NB-P 18
SO-NB-P 10A
SO-NB-P 21
SO-NB-P 18
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 22
SO-NB-P 31
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-P 18
SO-NB-P 22
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-G35
SO-NA-P 4
SO-NA-P 4
SG-FCF-4
SG-FCF-4
∗
∗
Qty .
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note: O-rings (Item 41, 42, 43) and the fastener seal (Item 44) are
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 24) is not
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from
the table right.
No.12
Model Num bers
EFG-02- -31
EFCG-02- -31
EFG-03- -26
EFCG-03- -26
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFG-02-31
KS-EFCG-02-31
KS-EFG-03-26
KS-EFCG-03-26
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
40
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFG/EFCG-06-250-22/2290
EFG/EFCG-10-500-11/1190
12 5 26 15 11 26 14 30 13
44
24 35 22 2 3
4
9 29 20
21 19 32 25
B
7 8
A
Detail of A
B
6 34 1 10
43 42 23
41 28
1 27
With Check Valve (EFCG-06, 10)
CAUTION
16 18 31 14
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
Section B-B
List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y
Item
Nam e of P arts
23
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
41
42
43
44
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Fastener Seal
P art Num bers
EF G-06
EF G-10
E321-45-20
E321-45-20
SO-NB-P 50
SO-NB-G75
SO-NB-P 44
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-P 34
SO-NB-P 50
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 48
SO-NB-P 21
SO-NB-P 34
SO-NB-P 21
SO-NB-P 26
SO-NA-P 10
SO-NA-P 10
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-G35
SO-NA-P 4
SO-NA-P 4
SG-FCF-4
SG-FCF-4
∗
H
List of Seal Kits
∗
Qty .
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Model Num bers
EFG-06-250-22
EFCG-06-250-22
EFG-10-500-11
EFCG-10-500-11
∗
∗
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFG-06-22
KS-EFCG-06-22
KS-EFG-10-11
KS-EFCG-10-11
Note: O-rings (Item 41, 42, 43) and the fastener seal (Item 44) are
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 24) is not
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from
the table right.
No.13
Ω
10
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
EFG/EFCG-03/06 (3/8, 3/4)
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation
Specifications
Model No.
EFG -03- 60
EFCG 125
EFG -06-250
EFCG
Max. Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
20.6 (3000)
24.5 (3550)
Metred Flow Adj. Range
L/min (U.S.GPM)
60: 1-60
(.26-15.9)
125:1-125
(.26-33)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
Min. Differential Pressure1
MPa (PSI)
1.0 (145)
1.0 (145)
130 (34.3)
280 (74.0)
1.0 (145)
1.5 (220)
0.5 (.13)
2.6 (.69)
780 mA
10 Ω
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
10 (22.1)
1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
820 mA
10 Ω
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
25 (55.1)
Description
Free Flow (EFCG Models Only)
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Min Pilot Pressure2
MPa (PSI)
at Normal
Pilot Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)at Transition
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Graphic Symbols
Internal Pilot
1. Min pressure difference required between inlet and outlet ports to m aintain function
as pressure com pensator.
2. The m inim um required value for the external pilot ty pe.
O
M
EFG-∗
Model Number Designation
EFC
G
-03
-125
Series Num ber
Ty pe of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
03
60 : 60 (15.9)
125 : 125 (33)
EF :
P roportional
Electro-Hy draulic
Flow Control Valve
EFC :
P roportional
Electro-Hy draulic
Flow Control and
Check Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
250: 250 (66)
-E
-51
P ilot
Design
Connection Num ber
None:
Internal
P ilot
E:
External
P ilot
Design
Standards
Refer to
51
O
M
EFCG-∗
External Pilot
51
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
No.14
∗
O
M
EFG-∗
O
M
EFCG-∗
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model
Num bers
∗
EF∗ G-06
EF G-03
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std.
M10 × 80 Lg.
N. Am erican Design Std.
3/8-16 UNC × 3-1/4 Lg.
M16 × 130 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC × 5 Lg.
Qty .
4
4
Applicable Pow er Amplifiers
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20
AME-D2-1010- -10
SK1022- - -11
SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)
∗
∗∗
∗
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Num bers
Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
N. Am erican Design Standard
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
Thread Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
EFGM-03Y-30
Rc 3/4
EFGM-03Y-3080
3/4 BSP .F
EFGM-03Y-3090
3/4 NP T
5.7 (12.6)
EFGM-03Z-30
Rc 1
EFGM-03Z-3080
1 BSP .F
EFGM-03Z-3090
1 NP T
5.6 (12.3)
EFGM-06X-30
EFGM-06Y-30
Rc 1
Rc 1-1/4
EFGM-06X-3080
EFGM-06Y-3080
1 BSP .F
1-1/4 BSP .F
EFGM-06X-3090
EFGM-06Y-3090
1 NP T
1-1/4 NP T
12.5 (27.6)
16 (35.3)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
EFG -03
EFCG
EFG -06
EFCG
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used,
the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
[Exam ple of Circuit]
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed
0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Pilot Type Selection
This valve is constructed so as to operate at a predetermined pilot pressure. For the 03, a pilot pressure of
1 MPa (145 PSI) or higher is required. For the 06, the
requied pilot pressure is 1.5 MPa (220 PSI) or higher.
To obtain such a required pilot pressure, select the pilot
type according to the circuit examples on the right.
/2
Use the external pilot type (pilot connection code: E)
whether a metre-in or metre-out circuit is employed.
1
3
1
2
P.P.
P.P.
O
M
O
M
EFCG-03 -∗ -E-51 ∗
06
EFCG-03 -∗ -E-51 ∗
06
A
B
P
T
a
b
3
4
P.P.
O
M
EFG-03 -∗ -51 ∗
06
O
M
EFG-03 -∗ -E-51 ∗
06
Use the internal pilot type (pilot connection code: None)
4
Use the external pilot type (pilot connection code: E)
No.15
H
Ω
10
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
EFG
60
EFCG-03- 125-∗ -51/5190
Drain Port
11.7
(.46)
50.8
(2.00)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
Cable Departure
...
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...
8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
39
158.1
(6.22)
(1.54)
69.5
(2.74)
57.5
(2.26)
61.8
(2.43)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
Outlet Port for
Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for
Reversed Free
Flow
11 (.43) Dia. Through
17.5 (.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
11.7
(.46)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Two Locating Pins
6 (.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
INC.
68
(2.68)
69
(2.72)
88
(3.46)
Inlet Port for Controlled
Flow or Outlet Port for
Reversed Free Flow
Pilot Port
6
(.24)
235.5
(9.27)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
EFG
EFCG-06-250-∗ -51/5190
17
(.67)
No.16
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
73
(2.87)
146
(5.75)
180
(7.09)
Cable Departure
...
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...
8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
199.1
39
(7.84)
(1.54)
69.5
(2.74)
57.5
(2.26)
Drain Port
Outlet Port for
Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for
Reversed Free
Flow
20.3
(.80)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
104.8
(4.13)
133.4
(5.25)
174
(6.85)
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
Inlet Port for Controlled
Flow or Outlet Port for
Reversed Free Flow
Two Locating Pins
16 (.63) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
104
(4.09)
105
(4.13)
120
(4.72)
INC.
17.5 (.69) Dia. Through
26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Pilot Port
276.5
(10.89)
7
(.28)
Ω
10
E Series
Sub-plate for
Series Flow Control (and Check)
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plate
EFGM-03Y, 03Z-30/3080/3090
11.7(.46)
23(.91) Dia.
2 Places
"D " Thd. "E " Deep
4 Places
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep
2 Places
86.5(3.41)
92(3.62)
101.6(4.
00)
11.1
(.44)
28.6
(1.13)
61.8
(2.43)
130(5.12)
81.5
(3.21)
54
(2.13)
16.1
(.63)
14.2
(.56)
"C " Thd.
0.8
(From Rear) (.03)
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
125(4.92)
102.4(4.03)
101.6(4.00)
75
(2.95)
50.8
(2.00)
20.6
(.81)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
11(.43) Dia.
EFGM-03Z-3080
1 BSP .F
EFGM-03Y-3090
EFGM-03Z-3090
3/4 NP T
1 NP T
41.3(1.63)
85.7(3.37)
K
F
147(5.79)
104.8(4.13)
133.4(5.
25)
136(5.35)
126(4.96)
174(6.85)
J
33(1.30)
E
"B " Thd.
(From Rear)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
"B " Thd.
(From Rear)
EFGM-06X-30
"A" Thd.
Rc 1
EFGM-06Y-30
Rc 1-1/4
EFGM-06X-3080
1 BSP .F
6(.24) Dia.
212(8.35)
F
137.8 (5.43)
52 (2.05)
55.2 (2.17)
132 (5.20)
137.8 (5.43)
EFGM-06Y-3080
52 (2.05)
EFGM-06X-3090
EFGM-06X-30
30
(1.18)
35
(1.38)
EFGM-06Y-3090 1-1/4 NP T
P
N
L
D
Thread Size
"B" Thd. "C" Thd.
EFGM-06Y-3080 1-1/4 BSP .F
EFGM-06X-3090
1 NP T
E
55.2 (2.17)
EFGM-06Y-3090
21
(.83)
H
250(9.84)
EFGM-06Y-30
EFGM-06X-3080
1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC
"C " Thd. "D " Deep
4 Places
H
24
(.94)
22.2(.87)
1.6
(.06)
19
(.75)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
1/4 BSP .F
"A " Thd.
2 Places
3.7(.15)
12.7(.50)
144.5(5.69)
108(4.25)
104.8(4.13)
73(2.87)
17(.67) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
2 Places
"Q" Dia.
18
(.71)
180(7.09)
146(5.75)
17
(.67)
29(1.14) Dia.
2 Places
M10
E
m m (in.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
EFGM-06X, 06Y-30/3080/3090
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Rc 1/4
EFGM-03Y-3080 3/4 BSP .F
40
(1.57)
11
(.43)
EFGM-03Y-30
EFGM-03Z-30
6(.24) Dia. "C " Thd.
(From Rear)
19(.75)
22.2(.87)
47.8
(1.88)
92.2(3.63)
146(5.75)
168(6.61)
20(.79)
"B " Thd.
2 Places
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
Dim ensions m m (Inches)
H
J
K
L
14.3 (.56) 101.1 (3.98)
34 (1.34)
106
19.3 (.76) 91.3 (3.59) (4.17) 39 (1.54)
14.3 (.56)
101.1 (3.98)
132 (5.20)
19.3 (.76)
91.3 (3.59)
55.2 (2.17)
137.8 (5.43)
14.3 (.56)
101.1 (3.98)
52 (2.05)
132 (5.20)
19.3 (.76)
91.3 (3.59)
Rc 3/8
M16
3/8 BSP .F
3/8 NP T 5/8-11 UNC
N
35 (1.38)
P
45 (1.77)
Q
116
(4.57)
34 (1.34)
40 (1.57)
35 (1.38)
60 (2.36)
45 (1.77) 15.2 (.60)
39 (1.54)
40 (1.57)
60 (2.36)
15 (.59)
106
(4.17)
34 (1.34)
35 (1.38)
45 (1.77)
39 (1.54)
40 (1.57)
60 (2.36)
11
(.43)
11
(.43)
No.17
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Flow
EFG -03
EFCG
EFG -06
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min
65 250
60
U.S.GPM L /min
35 125
30
100
20
15
50
EF∗ G-03-125
75
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
25
40
30
50
200
150
100
20
10
25
EF∗ G-03-60
5
0
0
0
200
400
600
800
50
10
0
0
1000
0
200
Input Current mA
400
600
800
Input Current mA
Step Response
U.S.GPM
L /min
150
35
EFG -03
EFCG
U.S.GPM
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
125
30
70
60
100
25
20
60 L /min
(15.9 U.S.GPM)
75
15
50
10
5
25
0
0
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
These characteristics have been
obtained by m easuring on each
valve. Therefore , they m ay
vary according to a hy draulic
circuit to be used.
0.2s
Step Signal
L /min
300
200
40
150
20
250 L /min
(66 U.S.GPM)
250
50
30
EFG -06
EFCG
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
100
10
50
0
0
0.2s
Step Signal
Tim e
Tim e
Frequency Response
0.1
0
-20
-10
-40
-20
-60
-30
-80
-100
-120
-140
0.2
0.4
0.7 1
Frequency (Hz)
2
4
7 10
20
40
70
40
70
Gain
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
EFG -03
EFCG
Phase
Flow Rate : 65±15 L /min (17±4.0 U.S.GPM)
Supply Pressure : 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI)
-160
-180
0
Phase (deg.)
-20
-20
-60
-30
-80
-100
-120
-160
-180
0.2
0.4
0.7 1
Frequency (Hz)
2
4
7 10
-10
-40
-140
No.18
0.1
Gain (dB)
EFG -06
EFCG
Gain
Phase
Flow Rate : 125±25 L /min (33±6.6 U.S.
GPM)
20
1000
Ω
10
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Viscosity vs. Flow
75
7.5
5.0
2.5
0
30
Flow Rate
20.0
17.5
15.0
12.5
60
45
15
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Temperature
Viscosity
50 60
200
80
100
120
100 75 50 40 30
1000 500
300 200
140
20
100
Differential Pressure vs. Metred Flow
160 °F
15 mm2/s
40
35
30
25
155
15
10
5
0
60
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
125
95
30
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70 °C
140
20
160 °F
15 mm2/s
Temperature
Viscosity
50 60
200
1000
SSU
U.S.GPM
37.5
35.0
32.5
30.0
Flow Rate
EFG -03
EFCG
70 °C
80
EFG -06
EFCG
U.S.GPM L/min
75
280
70
250
65
60
220
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
80
100
120
100 75 50 40 30
500
300 200
100
80
SSU
L/min
140
125
110
22.5
20.0
17.5
15.0
85
70
10.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
40
H
55
25
10
0
0
4
500
8
1000
12
1500
16
2000
20
2500
MPa
3000 PSI
Differential Pressure
EFG -06
EFCG
U.S.GPM L/min
70 270
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
37.5
140
35.0
125
32.5
30.0
110
EFG -03
EFCG
65
60
250
35
140
30
25
120
10
40
5
0
20
230
100
0
0
0
4
500
8
1000
12
1500
16
2000
20
2500
MPa
3000 PSI
Differential Pressure
No.19
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
Ω
10
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
CAUTION
EFG
EFCG-03-∗ -∗ -51/5190
When making replacement of seals, please do it carefully after
reading through the relevant instructions in the Operator's
Manual.
18 32 16 2 29 37 17 19
26 4
9
6 42 5 13 10 3 40 34 27
List of Seal Kits
15 14 41 30 31
25 7 28 12 11 31 39 35 1
8 31 38 33
21 22 36 24 23
Model Num bers
EFG-03- - -51
EFCG-03- - -51
∗∗ ∗
∗∗ ∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFG-03-51
KS-EFCG-03-51
List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y
With Check Valve (EFCG-03)
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 26) is not included in the solenoid
assem bly .
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y is included in the seal
kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
Item
25
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Nam e of P arts
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
P art Num bers
Qty .
E318-Y06M1-28-61 1
SO-NB-G35
1
SO-NB-P 28
1
SO-NB-P 28
2
SO-NB-P 26
1
SO-NB-P 16
1
SO-NB-P 14
1
SO-NB-P 9
1
SO-NB-P 6
2
SO-NA-A016
1
EFG
EFCG-06-250-∗ -51/5190
23 21 34 22 18 19 39 20 32 42 46 49 30 38 17
12 40 47 11 10
7
9 47 40 12
38
29
A
1
C
C
B
35
B
33
16
13 44
1 45 44 34 24
31 43 2 41 36 15 37 14 38 41
With Check Valve (EFCG-06)
5
6
8
4
3
48 28
39
27
26
Detail of "A"
1
Section B-B
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 32) is not included in the solenoid
assem bly .
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y is included in the seal
kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
No.20
Detail of Section C-C
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers
EFG-06-250- -51
EFCG-06-250- -51
∗ ∗
∗ ∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFG-06-51
KS-EFCG-06-51
List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y
Item Nam e of P arts
P art Num bers
Qty .
31
Solenoid Ass'y
E318-Y06M1-28-61 1
33
O-Ring
SO-NA-P 21
1
34
O-Ring
SO-NB-P 50
3
35
O-Ring
SO-NB-P 46
1
36
O-Ring
SO-NB-P 36
1
37
O-Ring
SO-NB-P 34
2
38
O-Ring
SO-NB-P 32
4
39
O-Ring
SO-NA-P 21
1
40
O-Ring
SO-NB-P 10
2
41
O-Ring
SO-NB-P 9
3
Two O-rings are required for the EFCG.
Ω
10
E Series
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
EFG/EFCG-03/06 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of solenoid
ass'y (E318).
Specifications and characteristics
No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions between current and new design, however, note that
because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.
Current: Design 50
New: Design 51
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Manual Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Adaptor
22(.87) Hex.
Manual Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
See EDG-01 (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
See EDG-01
(Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
H
No.21
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4), Sub-plate M ounting
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation
Specifications
Model No.
EFBG-03
-125- -17
EFBG-06
-250- -17
EFBG-10
-500- -17
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
125 (33)
250 (66)
500 (132)
Metred Flow Adj ustm ent Range
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Differential P ressure
MP a (P SI)
1-125
(.26-33)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
600 m A
43.5 Ω
580 m A
43.5 Ω
700 m A
43.5 Ω
0.6 (85)
0.7 (100)
0.9 (130)
Less than 7%
Less than 1%
C : 1.4-13.7
(205-2000)
H : 1.4-20.6
(205-3000)
Less than 7%
Less than 1%
C : 1.5-13.7
(220-2000)
H : 1.5-20.6
(220-3000)
Less than 7%
Less than 1%
C : 1.6-13.7
(230-2000)
H : 1.6-20.6
(230-3000)
C : 750 m A
H : 750 m A
10 Ω
C : 690 m A
H : 730 m A
10 Ω
C : 690 m A
H : 690 m A
10 Ω
∗ ∗
Description
Max. Operating P ressure
MP a (P SI)
Flow Controls
Max. Flow
Pressure Controls
1
Hy steresis
Repeatability
P res. Adj . Range
2
MP a (P SI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hy steresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
kg (lbs.)
∗ ∗
∗ ∗
Less than 3%
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
Less than 1%
Refer to page 24 to 26
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to m odels with proportional pilot relief
valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-125-C- -17)
2. The m axim um pressure adj ustm ent range of the m odels without proportional pilot relief valves
is 24.5 MP a (3550 P SI).
∗
Model Number Designation
EFB
G
-03
-125
-C
-17
∗
Series
Num ber
Ty pe of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
P roportional P ilot Relief Valve
P ressure Adj ustm ent Range
Design
Num ber
Design
Standards
03
125: 125 ( 33)
06
250: 250 ( 66)
10
500: 500 ( 132)
EFB :
P roportional
ElectroHy draulic
Flow Control
and Relief
Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
17
C, H :
See Specifications
17
None:
W ithout P roportional
P ilot Relief Valve
Refer to
17
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
Graphic Sym bols
A
A
Y
Y
O
O
M
V
M
V
T
T
P
P
With Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
No.22
Without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model
Num bers
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std.
M10 × 100 Lg.
M16 × 130 Lg.
M20 × 130 Lg.
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
N. Am erican Design Std.
3/8-16 UNC × 4 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC × 5 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC × 5 Lg.
Qty .
4
4
4
Applicable Pow er Amplifiers
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Num bers
EFBG-03-125-17/1790
EFBG-06-250-17/1790
EFBG-10-500-17/1790
03
EFBG- 06 - - C -17/1790
H
10
P ower Am plifier Model Num bers
For Flow Control
For P res. Control
AME-D-S- -32
AME-DF-S- -22
AME-T-S- -22
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
AME-D2-H1- -12
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Num bers
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Sub-plate
Model Num bers Thread Size
EFBGM-03Y-10
Rc 3/4
European Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread Size
Model Num bers
EFBGM-03Y-1080
3/4 BSP .F
N. Am erican Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread Size
Model Num bers
EFBGM-03Y-1090
3/4 NP T
EFBGM-03Z-10
Rc 1
EFBGM-03Z-1080
1 BSP .F
EFBGM-03Z-1090
EFBGM-06X-10
Rc 1
EFBGM-06X-1080
1 BSP .F
EFBGM-06X-1090
1 NP T
12.5 (27.6)
EFBGM-06Y-10
Rc 1-1/4
EFBGM-06Y-1080
1-1/4 BSP .F
EFBGM-06Y-1090
1-1/4 NP T
16 (35.3)
EFBGM-10Y-10
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFBGM-10Y-1080
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFBGM-10Y-1090
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
37 (81.6)
1 NP T
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
6 (13.2)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate m odel num ber from the table above. W hen sub-plates are not used, the m ounting surface should
have a good m achined finish.
W hen ordering the EFBGM-10Y, see Ty pe F3 P ipe Flange Kits on the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-3001 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
When Relief Valve Passing Flow Rate is Low in Pressure Control State
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 10 L/min (2.6 U.S.GPM) or higher for nominal sizes
03 and 06 or 15 L/min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher for nominal size 10.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure does not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Safety Valve Pressure Setting
The pressure of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.
No.23
H
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
188
(7.40)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
61.7
(2.43)
Inlet Port "P "
35.5
(1.40)
14.2
(.56)
C
EFBG-03-125-H-17/1790
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding
2
1.5 mm
(.002 sq. in.)
37.7
(1.48)
Fully Extended
216(8.50)
39
100.6
(1.54)
(3.96)
61.8
(2.43)
101.6
(4.00)
130
(5.12)
38
(1.50)
Lock Nut 10 (.39) Hex.
50.8
(2.00)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
11.7
(.46)
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles
11 (.43) Dia. Through
17.5 (.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Tank Port "T "
Manual Flow Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.)
INC.
Vent Port "V "
Outlet Port "A "
Drain Port "Y "
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Connector
Connector
The direction can be altered
to 90 degree angles.
80
(3.15)
Air Vent 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
212
(8.35)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Manual flow adjustment can be done by screwing for example
an ×
M4 20L screw in the M4 thread or pushing in a rod etc.
there. w ithout Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
Models
EFBG-03-125-17/1790
6
(.24)
85
(3.35)
125
(4.92)
110.5
(4.35)
41
57.5
(1.61) (2.26)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
39
(1.54)
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Two Locating Pins
6(.24) Dia.
Approx. Mass ...... 16 kg
(35.3 lbs.)
29.7
(1.17)
Fully Extended
102.5
(40.4)
47.7
(1.88)
174
(6.85)
Lock Nut 10 (.39) Hex.
Pressure Adjustment
Screw for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with proportinal pilot relief valve.
No.24
Approx. Mass ...... 14 kg
(30.9 lbs.)
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
C
EFBG-06-250-H-17/1790
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
82
(3.23)
133.4
(5.25)
174
(6.85)
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
17
(.67)
73
(2.87)
146.1
(5.75)
180
(7.09)
Outlet Port "A "
Drain Port "Y "
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Inlet Port "P "
43
(1.69)
106.2
(4.18)
39
(1.54)
Tank Port "T "
Manual Flow Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.)
80
(3.15)
Connector
The direction can be altered
to 90 degree angles.
Manual Pressure
Adjustment Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
INC.
Two Locating Pins
16 (.63) Dia.
H
245
(9.65)
107
(4.21)
157
(6.18)
131.5
(5.18)
57.5
62
(2.44) (2.26)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
INC.
Vent Port "V "
39
(1.54)
Connector
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
7
(.28)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended
216(8.50)
Fully
Extended
32.5
(1.28)
67
(2.64)
247
(9.72)
20.3
(.80)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding
2
1.5 mm
(.002 sq. in.)
Approx. Mass ...... 30 kg (66.2 lbs.)
Manual flow adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an M4
× 20L screw in the M4 thread
or pushing in a rod etc. there.
Models w ithout Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
EFBG-06-250-17/1790
238
(9.37)
58
(2.28)
Fully Extended
119(4.69)
43
(1.69)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Approx. Mass ...... 28 kg (61.7 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
No.25
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
C
EFBG-10-500-H-17/1790
Pressure Adj. Screw
Inlet Port "P "
INC.
315
(12.40)
M8 Thd. 16(.63) Deep
2 Places
For Eye Bolts
48.5
(1.91)
115
(4.53)
177.8
(7.00)
224
(8.82)
116.5
(4.59)
39
(1.54)
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
Manual Flow Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.)
Drain Port "Y "
Connector
The direction can be altered
to 90 degree angles.
107
(4.21)
187
(7.36)
70
(2.76)
219.5
(8.64)
150
(5.91)
57.5
(2.26)
39
(1.54)
80
(3.15)
INC.
INC.
Vent Port "V "
Connector
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Tank Port "T "
Outlet Port "A "
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Manual Pressure
Adjustment Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
23.5
(.93)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
98.5
(3.88)
196.9
(7.75)
244
(9.61)
Two Locating Pins
18(.71) Dia.
274
(10.79)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended
216(8.50)
22.5
(.89)
73.5
(2.89)
23
(.91)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
10
(.39)
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
2
. . . Not Exceeding
1.5 mm
(.002 sq. in.)
Approx. Mass ...... 60 kg (132 lbs.)
Manual adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an×M4
pushing in a rod etc. there.
Models w ithout Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
EFBG-10-500-17/1790
20 L screw in the M4 thread or
301
(11.85)
59.5
(2.34)
Fully Extended
145.5(5.73)
41.5
(1.63)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Approx. Mass ...... 58 kg (128 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
No.26
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for
PROPORTIONAL
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plate
EFBGM-03Y/03Z-10/1080/1090
"C " Thd. "D " Deep
4 Places
11.7
(.46)
0.8
(.03)
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
23(.91) Dia.
3 Places
101.6(4.00)
77.8(3.06)
50.8(2.00)
7(.28) Dia.
7(.28) Deep
2 Places
22.2
(.87)
"E " Dia.
"B " Thd.(From Rear)
11
(.43)
95.3(3.75)
59(2.32)
20(.79)
80(3.15)
100(3.94)
12.7
28.6 (.50)
(1.13)
88.9(3.50)
23.8(.94)
14.2
(.56)
130(5.12)
101.6(4.00)
125(4.92)
102.4(4.03)
"A " Thd.
(From Rear)
3 Places
39.2
(1.54)
106.8(4.20)
146(5.75)
"B " Thd.
168(6.61)
EFBGM-03Y-10
EFBGM-03Z-10
EFBGM-03Y-1080
EFBGM-03Z-1080
EFBGM-03Y-1090
EFBGM-03Z-1090
m m (in.)
Thread Size
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
D
E
Rc 3/4
11
Rc 1/4
(.43)
Rc 1
M10
18 (.71)
3/4 BSP .F
11.7
1/4 BSP .F
(.46)
1 BSP .F
3/4 NP T
11
1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
(.43)
1 NP T
20
(.79)
40
(1.57)
6(.24) Dia.
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
EFBGM-06X/06Y-10/1080/1090
29(1.14) Dia.
3 Places
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
2 Places
20.3
(.80)
133.4(5.25)
107(4.21)
"E " Thd.
3 Places (From Rear)
33(1.30)
19(.75)
85.7(3.37)
3.7(.15)
1.6(.06)
B
16(.63)
126(4.96)
174(6.85)
24
(.94)
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. spotface
4 Places
180(7.09)
146.1(5.75)
144.5(5.69)
118.1(4.65)
73.1(2.88)
28.1(1.11)
41.3(1.63)
17
(.67)
12.7(.50)
"J " Thd. "K " Deep
4 Places
212(8.35)
6.2(.24) Dia.
"H " Thd. (From Rear)
250(9.84)
D
C
"L" Dia.
"F" Thd. (From Rear)
Sub-plate
Model No.
EFBGM-06X-10
EFBGM-06Y-10
EFBGM-06X-1080
EFBGM-06Y-1080
EFBGM-06X-1090
EFBGM-06Y-1090
"E" Thd.
Rc 1
Rc 1-1/4
1 BSP .F
1-1/4 BSP .F
1 NP T
1-1/4 NP T
Dim ensions
m m (in.)
B
C
D
EFBGM-06X 103.3 (4.07) 45 (1.77)
35 (1.38)
EFBGM-06Y
95 (3.74)
60 (2.36)
40 (1.54)
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread Size
"F" Thd.
"H" Thd.
"J" Thd.
m m (in.)
K
L
30
14
(1.18) (.55)
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M 16
3/8 BSP .F
1/4 BSP .F
M 16
30
(1.18)
15.2
(.60)
3/8 NP T
1/4 NP T
5/8-11 UNC
35
(1.38)
14
(.55)
No.27
H
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for
PROPORTIONAL
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
EFBGM-10Y-10/1080/1090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
244(9.61)
23.5
(.93)
196.9(7.75)
20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep
2 Places
73
(2.87)
29
(1.14)
224
(8.82)
144.5(5.69)
119(4.69)
55.5
(2.19) 17.5
(.69)
23
(.91)
98.5
(3.88)
73
1.6
35
(.06) (1.38)
(2.87)
36.1
(1.42)
250(9.84)
"E " Thd. "F" Deep
12 Places (From Rear)
162(6.38)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
32(1.26) Dia. spotface
4 Places
177.8(7.00)
43.5(1.71) Dia.
3 Places
198.4(7.81)
"D " Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
43.5
(1.71)
73
(2.87)
48(1.89) Dia.
3 Places (From Rear)
"H " Dia.
"B " Thd. (From Rear)
73
(2.87)
72
(2.83)
212(8.35)
25
(.98)
284(11.18)
334(13.15)
50
(1.97)
80
(3.15)
6.2(.24) Dia.
"C " Thd. (From Rear)
Sub-plate
Model No.
EFBGM-10Y-10
EFBGM-10Y-1080
EFBGM-10Y-1090
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP .F
3/8 NP T
Sub-plate
Model No.
EFBGM-10Y-10
EFBGM-10Y-1080
EFBGM-10Y-1090
No.28
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/4
M20
1/4 BSP .F
1/4 NP T 3/4-10 UNC
m m (in.)
F
H
14 (.55)
32 (1.26)
15.2 (.60)
34 (1.34) 14 (.55)
"E" Thd.
M16
5/8-11 UNC
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore, they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Flow Controls
EFBG-06
20
15
80
10
5
40
20
0
70
100
0
200
50
0.1s
60
30
100
20
100
400
75
300
50
200
25
100
0
Step Signal
50
10
0
0
0
Tim e
0.1s
150
40
Step Signal
U.S.GPM L /min
600
150
500
125
250
60
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30
25
120
EFBG-10
U.S.GPM L /min
80
300
Flow Rate
EFBG-03
U.S.GPM L /min
160
40
140
35
0.1s
Step Signal
Tim e
Tim e
Pressure Controls
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
PSI
3000
3000
18
Pressure
2500
14
2000
1500
10
1000
6
18
2500
Step Signal
PSI
MPa
22
3000
EFBG-03-125-H
EFBG-03-125-C
0.2s
EFBG-10
MPa
22
2000
14
1500
10
1000
6
EFBG-10-500-H
EFBG-06-250-H
18
2500
EFBG-06-250-C
0.2s
Step Signal
Pressure
MPa
22
Pressure
PSI
2000
14
1500
10
1000
EFBG-10-500-C
0.2s
Step Signal
6
Tim e
Tim e
H
Tim e
Input Current vs. Flow
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
U.S.GPM L /min
80
70
100
20
75
15
50
200
40
150
30
10
0
0
50
0
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA
PSI MPa
25
3500
1500
3000
15
Pressure
Pressure
2500
2000
5
2500
2000
1500
10
1000
EFBG-03-125-C
500
0
PSI
3500
20
EFBG-03
-125-H
200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
50
200
25
100
0
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
MPa
25
EFBG-06
PSI MPa
25
3500
3000
20 EFBG-06
-250-H
15
1000
5
0
2500
2000
1500
10
EFBG-06-250-C
500
0
0
300
Input Current mA
Input Current vs. Pressure
EFBG-03
3000
75
100
10
0
400
100
20
25
5
250
60
50
500
125
Pressure
25
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30
U.S.GPM L /min
300
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
35
125
EFBG-10
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Input Current mA
EFBG-10
20 EFBG-10
-500-H
15
10
1000
5
EFBG-10-500-C
500
0
0
200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
0
0
0
200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
No.29
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFBG-03-125-∗ -17/1790
EFBG-06-250-∗ -17/1790
48
18 37 38 17 2 25 53 35 6 33 7 3 1
52 31
4
5
23
25
28
20
46
16
49
15
21
A
A
B
27
32
9
41
8
42
11
43
24
44
26
45
39
49 47
19 36 29 34
22
40
41
32
50
15
10
16
13 51 12 30 14
28
Detail of "B"
17 23 37 38 18
48
Without Proportional
Pilot Relief Valve
Section A-A
List of Seals
Item
Nam e of P arts
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
P art Num bers
EFBG-03
SO-NA-P 6
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 28
EFBG-06
SO-NA-P 6
SO-NB-P 44
SO-NB-P 42
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 34
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NA-P 10
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-A013
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-A013
CAUTION
Qty .
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers
EFBG-03-125-17
EFBG-03-125-C/H-17
EFBG-06-250-17
EFBG-06-250-C/H-17
∗
∗
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFBG-03-17
KS-EFBG-03-C-17
KS-EFBG-06-17
KS-EFBG-06-C-17
Solenoid Ass'y and Safety valves
Valve Model Num bers
47 Solenoid Ass'y Model No.
EFBG-03-125-C/H-17/1790
EFBG-06-250-C/H-17/1790
E318-Y06M2-05-61
EFBG-03-125-17/1790
EFBG-06-250-17/1790
46 Solenoid Ass'y Model No.
48 Safety Valve Model No.
E321-45-20
SB1094-2002
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table above.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y 46 and47 are included in the seal kit.
For the details of seals for solenoid ass'y 46 , see page12 and for solenoid ass'y47 see Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
No.30
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFBG-10-500-∗ -17/1790
42
29 32 21 35 6 7 33 3
4 21 5 30
45
45
22
31
1
43
9
11
A
8
A
10
20
23
39
C
2 32 27 32 33 36 26 34
Section A-A
Detail of Safety Valve
(Item 44)
28 15 25 19 37 38
41
29 2
14
12
B
24
13
16 18 17
40
Detail of "C"
44
Section B-B
Without Proportional
Pilot Relief Valve
List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y
Item
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
42
Nam e of P arts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Solenoid Ass'y
P art Num bers
SO-NA-P 6
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G55
SO-NB-P 50
SO-NB-P 48
SO-NA-P 10
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-P 11
P O-NB-P 11
SO-NB-A013
E321-45-20
CAUTION
Qty .
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
H
B
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers
EFBG-10-500-17
EFBG-10-500-C/H-17
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFBG-10-17
KS-EFBG-10-C-17
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for P ilot Valve and solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
Pilot Valves and Safety Valves
Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-10-500-17/1790
43 P roportional P ilot Relief Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-10-500-C-17/1790
EDG-01V-C-1-P 18T17-5103
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT13-5103
EFBG-10-500-H-17/1790
44 Safety Valve Model Num bers
SB1094-2002
Note: Refer to Catalogue No.P ub.EC-1302 of the P roportional P ilot Relief Valve for details of the pilot valve.
No.31
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
Model changes have been made from 15 to 17-design in the EFBG-03/06 because of changes in the pilot valve buildingin method and in EFBG-10 because of model changes in the pilot valve.
Specification and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Interchangeability in Installation
EFBG-03/06
There is an interchangeability in installation. However, the method of building in the pilot valve has been changed,
bringing about changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions as shown below.
Current : Design 15
Fully
Extended
C
B
Solenoid Ass'y
E321-45-10
A
New : Design 17
Air Vent
Fully
Extended
B
C
Solenoid Ass'y
E321-45-20
A
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Cable Deperture
E
D
D
E
Cable Deperture
F
F
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
See EDG-01 (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
Model Num bers
(Current) EFBG-03-125(New) EFBG-03-125(Current) EFBG-06-250(New) EFBG-06-250-
∗-17/1790
∗-15/1590
∗-17/1790
∗-15/1590
Air Vent
3 Places
See EDG-01 (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y
A
216 (8.50)
217 (8.54)
216 (8.50)
217 (8.54)
B
38 (1.50)
47 (1.85)
32.5 (1.28)
39.5 (1.56)
C
23.5 (.93)
25.7 (1.01)
3 (.12)
5.5 (.22)
D
164 (6.46)
164.3 (6.47)
196 (7.72)
196.3 (7.73)
E
212 (8.35)
213 (8.39)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
F
41 (1.61)
101.5 (4.00)
62 (2.44)
130 (5.12)
EFBG-10
The mounting surface are interchangeable. Only the appearance shapes are different as follows;
Current : Design 15
Solenoid Ass'y
E321-45-10
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
New : Design 17
Solenoid Ass'y
E321-45-20
Air Vent
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
Air Vent
3 Places
Proportional Pilot Valve
EDG-01-50 ∗ Design
See EDG-01
(Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y
Proportional Pilot Valve
EDG-01-51 ∗ Design
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
No.32
See EDG-01
(Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 Ω Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4), Sub-plate
CONTROLS
Specifications
Specifications
Model Num bers
EFBG-03
-125- - -61
EFBG-06
-250- - -61
EFBG-10
-500- - -51
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
125 (33)
250 (66)
500 (132)
Metred Flow Adj ustm ent Range
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
Min. P ilot P ressure
MP a (P SI)
at Norm al
P ilot Flow
L /m in (U.S.GP M) at Transition
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Differential P ressure
MP a (P SI)
1-125
(.26-33)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
3 (.79)
800 m A
10 Ω
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
750 m A
10 Ω
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
6 (1.59)
900 m A
10 Ω
0.7 (100)
0.7 (100)
0.9 (130)
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
C : 1.4-15.7
(200-2275)
H : 1.4-24.5
(200-3550)
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
C : 1.4-15.7
(200-2275)
H : 1.4-24.5
(200-3550)
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
C : 1.5-15.7
(220-2275)
H : 1.5-24.5
(220-3550)
C : 890 m A
H : 930 m A
10 Ω
C : 820 m A
H : 880 m A
10 Ω
C : 800 m A
H : 900 m A
10 Ω
Description
Max. Operating P ressure
MP a (P SI)
Flow Controls
Max. Flow
Pressure Controls
1
Hy steresis
Repeatability
P res. Adj . Range
2
MP a (P SI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hy steresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
∗∗ ∗
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
kg (lbs.)
∗∗ ∗
∗∗ ∗
Less than 3%
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
Less than 1%
Refer to page 35 to 37
H
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to m odels with proportional pilot relief
valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-125-C- -61)
2. The m axim um pressure adj ustm ent range of the m odels without proportional pilot relief
valves is 24.5 MP a (3550 P SI).
∗
Graphic Sym bols
With Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
External Pilot
Without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
Internal Pilot
External Pilot
Internal Pilot
A
A
Y
X
O
M
O
M
Y
X
O
M
V
O
M
V
T
T
P
P
No.33
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10
CONTROLS
Model Number Designation / Others
Model Number Designation
EFB
G
-03
-125
-C
-E
-61
∗
Series
Num ber
Ty pe of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
P roportional P ilot Relief
Valve P ressure Adj . Range
P ilot
Connection
Design
Num ber
Design
Standards
03
125: 125 ( 33)
250: 250 ( 66)
None:
Internal P ilot
61
06
10
500: 500 ( 132)
C, H :
See Specifications
None:
W ithout P roportional
P ilot Relief Valve
EFB :
P roportional Electro- G:
Hy draulic Flow
Sub-plate
Control and Relief
Mounting
Valve
61
E:
External P ilot
Refer to
51
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model
Num bers
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std.
N. Am erican Design Std.
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
M10 × 65 Lg.
M16 × 100 Lg.
M20 × 130 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC × 2-1/2 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC × 4 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC × 5 Lg.
Qty .
4
4
4
Applicable Pow er Amplifiers
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see Catalogue
No. Pub. EC-1305).
P ower Am plifier Model Num bers
Model Num bers
EFBG-03-125-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-10-500-(E)-51/5190
EFBG-03-125-C/H-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250-C/H-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-10-500-C/H-(E)-51/5190
For Flow Control
For P res. Control
∗
AME-D-10- -20
AMN-D-10 (For DC P ower Supply )
∗
AME-D2-1010- -10
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Num bers
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Sub-plate
Model Num bers Thread Size
EFBG-03
EFBGM-03Y-20
EFBGM-03Z-20
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
European Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread Size
Model Num bers
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
EFBGM-03Y-2080
EFBGM-03Z-2080
EFBGM-06X-20
Rc 1
EFBGM-06Y-20
Rc 1-1/4
EFBGM-10Y-20
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
N. Am erican Design Standard
Sub-plate
Thread Size
Model Num bers
3/4 BSP .F
1 BSP .F
EFBGM-03Y-2090
EFBGM-03Z-2090
EFBGM-06X-2080
1 BSP .F
EFBGM-06Y-2080
1-1/4 BSP .F
EFBGM-10Y-2080
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/4 NP T
1 NP T
6 (13.2)
EFBGM-06X-2090
1 NP T
12.5 (27.6)
EFBGM-06Y-2090
1-1/4 NP T
16 (35.3)
EFBGM-10Y-2090
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
37 (81.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate m odel num ber from the table above. W hen sub-plates are not used, the m ounting surface should
have a good m achined finish.
W hen ordering the EFBGM-10Y, see Ty pe F3 P ipe Flange Kits on the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-3001 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
When Relief Valve Passing Flow Rate is Low in Pressure Control State
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 15 L/min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure dose not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Safety Valve Pressure Setting
The pressure of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.
No.34
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
14.2
(.56)
Outlet Port "A "
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. C'Bore
4 Places
12.8
(.50)
50.8
33.3
(2.00)
(1.31)
57.5
(2.26)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
132
(5.20)
Vent Port "V "
11.7
(.46)
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
94.8
(3.73)
61.8
(2.43)
2
(.08)
C
EFBG-03-125-H-(E)-61/6190
Tank Port "T "
Inlet Port "P "
Drain Port "Y "
View Arrow Z
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Models w ithout
Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
H
EFBG-03-125-(E)-61/6190
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
39
(1.54)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
59
(2.32)
48.2
(1.90)
171.2
(6.74)
Fully Extended
161(6.34)
248.5
(9.78)
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
6
(.24)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Two Locating Pins
6 (.24) Dia.
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Z
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass ...... 14 kg (30.9 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels
with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Approx. Mass ...... 13.3 kg (29.3 lbs.)
No.35
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
C
EFBG-06-250-H-(E)-61/6190
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Inlet Port "P "
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Drain Port "Y "
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
54
57.5
(2.13)
(2.26)
73.1
(2.88)
146.1
(5.75)
180
(7.09)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Tank Port "T "
17
(.67)
20.3
(.80)
174
(6.85)
133.4
(5.25)
129.7
(5.11)
85.7
(3.37)
19.7
(.78)
INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Models w ithout
Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
EFBG-06-250-(E)-61/6190
Vent Port "V "
Outlet Port "A "
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
39
(1.54)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended
195(7.68)
77
(3.03)
76
(2.99)
8
(.31)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
289.5
(11.40)
212.2
(8.35)
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins
16(.63) Dia.
Approx. Mass ...... 22 kg (48.5 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with
P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
Approx. Mass ...... 21.3 kg (47.0 lbs.)
No.36
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
C
EFBG-10-500-H-(E)-51/5190
Sling Fitting
2 Places
21
(.83)
Lock Nut 10 (.39) Hex.
21.5 (.85) Dia. Through
32 (1.26) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Inlet Port "P "
Drain Port "Y "
Air Vent 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
57.5
(2.26)
69.5
(2.74)
98.5
(3.88)
39
(1.54)
196.9
(7.75)
244
(9.61)
Vent Port "V "
12
(.47)
65.4
(2.57)
Connector
The direction can be
altered to every 90 degree
angles.
Tank Port "T "
220
(8.66)
177.8
(7.00)
115
(4.53)
41
(1.61)
23.6
(.93)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Outlet Port "A "
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Models w ithout
Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
INC.
H
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
Fully Extended
226(8.90)
EFBG-10-500-(E)-51/5190
57.5
(2.26)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
107
(4.21)
106
(4.17)
INC.
244.2
(9.61)
321.5
(12.66)
31
(1.22)
310.5
(12.22)
241
(9.49)
Lock Nut
10 (.39) Hex.
39
(1.54)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding
2
1.5 mm
(.002 sq. in.)
176
(6.93)
10
(.39)
X
X
A
Two Locating Pins
18(.71) Dia.
Connector
The direction can be altered
to 90 degree angles.
A
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass ...... 64 kg (141 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with
P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
Approx. Mass ...... 62 kg (137 lbs.)
No.37
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for
PROPORTIONAL
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plate
03Y
EFBGM-03Z -20/2080/2090
125(4.92)
102.4(4.03)
7(.28) Dia. 7(.28) Deep
2 Places
77.8(3.06)
50.8(2.00)
6(.24) Dia.
"B " Thd. (From Rear)
"E " Dia.
"B " Thd. (From Rear)
11
(.43)
59(2.32)
88.9(3.
50)
95.3(3.
75)
X
Y
T
A
V
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
22.2(.87)
"A " Thd.
(From Rear)
3 Places
6(.24) Dia.
39.2
(1.54)
106.8(4.20)
146(5.75)
19(.75)
168(6.61)
EFBGM-03Z-2080
1 BSP .F
EFBGM-03Y-2090
EFBGM-03Z-2090
3/4 NP T
1 NP T
29(1.14) Dia.
3 Places
85.7(3.37)
20.3
(.80)
41.3(1.63)
12.7(.50)
3.7(.15)
T
V
33(1.30)
107(4.21)
133.4(5.
25)
X A Y
"F" Thd.
(From Rear)
3 Places
212(8.35)
250(9.84)
EFBGM-06X
A
103.3
(4.07)
Dim ensions m m (in.)
B
C
D
63.3
45
35
(2.49)
(1.77)
(1.38)
E
34
(1.34)
EFBGM-06Y
95
(3.74)
53.3
(2.10)
39
(1.54)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
C
E
6.2(.24) Dia.
"J " Thd. (From Rear)
D
B
16(.63)
A
126(4.96)
24
(.94)
174(6.85)
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
2 Places
P
"N " Dia.
"H " Thd. (From Rear)
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
EFBGM-06X-20
"F" Thd.
Rc 1
EFBGM-06Y-20
EFBGM-06X-2080
Rc 1-1/4
1 BSP .F
EFBGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP .F
EFBGM-06X-2090
1 NP T
EFBGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NP T
No.38
21 11
1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC (.83) (.43)
180(7.09)
146.1(5.75)
1.6
(.06)
19
(.75)
M10
1/4 BSP .F
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
1.9(.07)
144.5(5.69)
"K " Thd. "L" Deep
118.1(4.65)
4 Places
73.1(2.88)
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
28.1(1.11)
"J " Thd.
(From Rear)
6.2(.24) Dia.
m m (in.)
D
E
11
(.43)
18
(.71) 11.7
(.46)
Rc 1/4
EFBGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP .F
06X
EFBGM-06Y -20/2080/2090
17(.67)
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
EFBGM-03Y-20
EFBGM-03Z-20
"B " Thd.
20(.79)
45(1.77)
P
20(.79)
130(5.12)
101.6(4.
00)
100(3.94)
80(3.15)
23.8(.94)
40
(1.57)
14.2
(.56)
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
23(.91) Dia.
3 Places
101.6(4.00)
0.8(.03)
12.7(.
50)
28.6(1.
13)
"C " Thd. "D " Deep
4 Places
11.7(.46)
Thread Size
"H" Thd.
"J" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F
3/8 NP T
1/4 NP T
60
(2.36)
"K" Thd.
40
(1.57)
m m (in.)
L
N
M16
30
(1.18)
14
(.55)
M16
30
(1.18)
15.2
(.60)
5/8-11 UNC
35
(1.38)
14
(.55)
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for
PROPORTIONAL
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
EFBGM-10Y-20/2080/2090
244(9.61)
25
(.98)
50(1.97)
73
(2.87)
43.5(1.71)
284(11.18)
334(13.15)
"H " Dia.
"B " Thd.
"B" Thd.
EFBGM-10Y-20
Rc 3/8
EFBGM-10Y-2080 3/8 BSP .F
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/4
M20
1/4 BSP .F
EFBGM-10Y-2090
1/4 NP T
Sub-plate
Model Num bers
3/8 NP T
3/4-10 UNC
P
T
"E" Thd.
M16
Y
X
A
V
73
(2.87)
43.5(1.71) Dia.
3 Places
6.2(.24) Dia.
"C " Thd.
73(2.87) 41.9(1.65)
49(1.93)
224
(8.82)
6.2(.24) Dia.
48(1.89) Dia.
3 Places
142(5.59)
80(3.15)
29
(1.14)
35
(1.38)
20(.79) Dia.
15(.59) Deep
2 Places
74
(2.91)
119
(4.69)
144.5
(5.69)
177.8
(7.00)
17.5(.69)
55.5(2.19)
162(6.38)
98.5(3.88)
115(4.53)
36.1
(1.42)
177.8(7.
00)
144.5(5.
69)
119(4.69)
250(9.84)
196.9(7.75)
7.5(.30)
1.6(.06)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
"E " Thd. "F" Deep
12 Places
198.4(7.81)
73
(2.87)
23.5(.93)
23
(.91)
"D " Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
73
(2.87)
72
(2.83)
212
(8.35)
"C " Thd.
m m (in.)
F
H
14(.55)
32(1.26)
15.2(.60)
5/8-11 UNC 34(1.34)
H
14(.55)
No.39
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Flow Controls
EFBG-06
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
300
70
250
60
200
50
40
150
30
100
20
50
10
0
0
0.1s
Step Signal
U.S.GPM L /min
600
150
500
125
Flow Rate
EFBG-03
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
40
150
35
125
30
100
25
20
75
15
50
10
25
5
0
0
0.1s
100
400
75
300
50
200
25
100
0
0
Step Signal
Tim e
EFBG-10
0.1s
Step Signal
Tim e
Tim e
Pressure Controls
Pressure
3000
3000
20
EFBG-03-125-C
0.2s
2000
10
EFBG-06
MPa
30
EFBG-06-250-C
Flow Rate
: 125 L /min (33 U.S.GPM)
Trapped Oil Volume : < 1 L (.264 U.S.Gallons)
EFBG-10
MPa
30
EFBG-10-500-H
20
EFBG-10-500-C
2000
0.2s
10
0
Tim e
4000
3000
20
Step Signal
1000
0
PSI
EFBG-06-250-H
2000
Step Signal
1000
0
4000
EFBG-03-125-H
Pressure
4000
PSI
MPa
30
Pressure
EFBG-03
PSI
1000
0
0
Tim e
Flow Rate
: 250 L /min (66 U.S.GPM)
Trapped Oil Volume: < 1 L (.264 U.S.Gallons)
0.2s
10
Step Signal
0
Tim e
Flow Rate
: 500 L /min (132 U.S.GPM)
Trapped Oil Volume: < 1 L (.264 U.S.Gallons)
Input Current vs. Flow
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
20
50
75
15
50
40
30
200
100
Flow Rate
100
25
U.S.GPM L /min
500
125
U.S.GPM L /min
250
65
60
U.S.GPM L /min
125
32.5
30
150
100
EFBG-10
400
75
300
50
200
25
100
20
10
25
5
10
0
0
0
200
400 600
0
800 1000
50
0
0
Input Current mA
200
400
600
0
800 1000
0
0
Input Current mA
200
400
600
800 1000
Input Current mA
Input Current vs. Pressure
EFBG-03
3000
EFBG-06
PSI
3500
MPa
25
EFBG-03-125-H
20
3000
Pressure
Pressure
1500
15
2000
1500
10
1000
EFBG-03-125-C
5
No.40
3000
0
0
200
400
600
800 1000
2000
1500
10
1000
EFBG-06-250-C
5
Input Current mA
0
MPa
25
20
EFBG-10
EFBG-10-500-H
2500
15
15
10
1000
EFBG-10-500-C
5
500
500
500
0
EFBG-06-250-H
20
2500
2500
2000
PSI
3500
MPa
25
Pressure
PSI
3500
0
0
200
400
600
800 1000
Input Current mA
0
0
0
200
400
600
800 1000
Input Current mA
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFBG-03-125-∗ -∗ -61/6190
EFBG-06-250-∗ -∗ -61/6190
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
35
35 34 49 21 44
33
20
29
53
22
19
26
40
27
18
28
59
25
53
24
56
15
58
11
57
12
32
51
14
31
46
45
13
37
8
10
51
51
30
43
5
52
46
25
39
9
6
1
7
50
4
55
3
45
42 41
X
X
24
47
Section X-X
46 16
2 23 36 38
List of Seals
Item
Nam e of P arts
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
List of Seal Kits
EFBG-03
SO-NA-A016
SO-NA-P 6
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 15
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-A016
P art Num bers
Qty .
EFBG-06
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
5
1
SO-NA-P 26
SO-NA-P 6
SO-NB-P 44
SO-NB-P 42
SO-NB-P 36
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 30
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 15
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-A016
Qty .
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
4
1
Model Num bers
EFBG-03-125-61
EFBG-03-125-C/H-61
EFBG-06-250-61
EFBG-06-250-C/H-61
∗
∗
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFBG-03-61
KS-EFBG-03-C-61
KS-EFBG-06-61
KS-EFBG-06-C-61
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y are included in the
seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Num bers
33 Solenoid Ass'y Model Num bers
34 Solenoid Ass'y Model Num bers
EFBG-03-125-C/H-(E)-61/6190
E318-Y06M1-04-61
EFBG-06-250-C/H-(E)-61/6190
E318-Y06M1-28-61
EFBG-03-125-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250-(E)-61/6190
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 35) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
No.41
H
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFBG-10-500-∗ -∗ -51/5190
28
25
2
37
33
42
40
Z
W
20
21
44
40
1
45
3
36
6
4
40
18
31
12
W
35
Z
31
5
32
34
29
33
33
19
36
27
23
14
15
11
10
30
17
47 57 48 50 51 52
8 36 9 13 41 7 16 41 10 36 8
Section Z-Z
54 53 55 49 26
Section W-W
Only for Models without
Pilot Relief Valve
List of Seals
CAUTION
Qty .
Item Nam e of P arts
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
53
54
55
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
P art Num bers
Models with
Models without
P ilot Relief Valve P ilot Relief Valve
SO-NA-P 34
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G55
SO-NB-P 50
SO-NB-P 48
SO-NB-P 42
SO-NB-P 36
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-A013
SO-NA-P 6
1
1
3
1
5
1
1
8
1
1
3
1
5
1
1
8
1
1
1
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers
EFBG-10-500-51
EFBG-10-500-C/H-51
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFBG-10-51
KS-EFBG-10-C-51
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right. In addition to the
above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve and solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve and solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
Pilot Valve and Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-10-500-C-(E)-51/5190
25 P ilot Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-10-500-H-(E)-51/5190
EFBG-10-500-(E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT12-5103
27 Solenoid Ass'y Model No.
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT12-5103
E318-Y06M1-28-61
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 28) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
No.42
26 Safety Valve Model No.
SB1094-2002
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
Model changes have been made from 50, 51 to 61 design in the EFBG-03/06 because of changes in the pilot valve
building-in method and model changes have been made from 50 to 51-design in the EFBG-10 because of improvement
in Solenoid Ass'y.
Specification and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design
Interchangeability in Installation
EFBG-03/06
50 • 51 Design→ 61 Design
The mounting surface are interchangeable. However, the method of building in the pilot valve has been changed,
bringing about changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions as shown below.
∗
∗
∗
Current : Design 50 • 51
Air Vent
Fully Extended A
Air Vent
New : Design 61
Front Side :
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Rear Side :
See EDG-01
(Catalogue No. Pub.EC-1302) Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
for the details of
the solenoid ass'y
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Air Vent 6 Places
See EDG-01
(Catalogue No. Pub.EC-1302)
for the details of
the solenoid ass'y
A
Pilot Valve
EDG-01,50 ∗ Design
C
E
E
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Saftey Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Saftey Valve
B
B
B
C
D
217
(Current) EFBG-03-125- - - 50/5090
51/5190 (8.54)
93.2
(3.67)
155
(6.10)
236.5
(9.31)
132
(5.20)
18.7
(1.74)
248.5
(9.78)
217
(Current) EFBG-06-250- - - 50/5090
51/5190 (8.54)
53.3
(2.10)
196
277.5
(7.72) (10.93)
Model Num bers
A
∗∗
(New)
∗∗
EFBG-03-125- - -61/6190
∗∗
(New)
∗
159.5
EFBG-06-250- - -61/6190 (6,28)
H
289.5
(11.40)
∗∗
∗
60 Design→ 61 Design
The mounting surface are interchangeable. There are no changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions.
EFBG-10
Mounting compatibility is provided.
Note that because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.
Current : Design 50
New : Design 51
Manual Flow
Adj. Screw
Air Vent
Air Vent
3 Places
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Air Vent
3 Places
Air Vent
X
A
X
A
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
No.43
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06 (3/8, 3/4), Sub-plate M ounting
CONTROLS
Specifications
Specifications
Model No.
EFBG-03
-250- - -51
EFBG-06
-500- - -51
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
250 (66)
500 (132)
Metred Flow Adj ustm ent Range
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
Min. P ilot P ressure
MP a (P SI)
at Norm al
P ilot Flow
L /m in (U.S.GP M) at Transition
Rated Currnt
Coil Resistance
Differential P ressure
MP a (P SI)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
850 m A
10 Ω
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
6 (1.59)
765 m A
10 Ω
0.8 (115)
0.9 (130)
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
C : 1.6-15.7
(230-2275)
H : 1.8-24.5
(260-3550)
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
C : 1.5-15.7
(220-2275)
H : 1.5-24.5
(220-3550)
C : 850 m A
H : 870 m A
10 Ω
C : 820 m A
H : 880 m A
10 Ω
Description
∗∗ ∗
Max. Operating P ressure
MP a (P SI)
Flow Controls
Max. Flow
Pressure Controls
1
Hy steresis
Repeatability
2
P res. Adj . Range
MP a (P SI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hy steresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
∗∗ ∗
Less than 3%
Less than 3%
Less than 1%
Less than 1%
Refer to page 46 to 47
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to m odels with proportional pilot relief valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-250-C- -51)
2. The m axim um pressure adj ustm ent range of the valves without proportional
pilot relief valves is 24.5 MP a (3550 P SI).
∗
Graphic Sym bols
With Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
External Pilot
Without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
External Pilot
Internal Pilot
Internal Pilot
A
A
Y
X
O
M
O
Y
X
O
M
M
V
O
M
V
T
T
P
No.44
P
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06
CONTROLS
Model Number Designation / Others
Model Number Designation
EFB
G
-03
-250
-C
-E
-51
∗
Series
Num ber
Ty pe of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
P roportional P ilot Relief
Valve P ressure Adj . Range
P ilot
Connection
Design
Num ber
Design
Standards
03
250: 250 ( 66)
None:
Internal P ilot
51
06
500: 500 ( 132)
C, H :
See Specifications
None:
W ithout P roportional
P ilot Relief Valve
E:
External P ilot
51
EFB :
P roportional Electro- G:
Hy draulic Flow
Sub-plate
Control and Relief
Mounting
Valve
Refer to
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Num bers
Socket Head Cap Screw
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std.
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
N. Am erican Design Std.
M12 × 120 Lg.
M16 × 120 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC × 4-3/4 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC × 4-3/4 Lg.
Qty .
4
4
Applicable Pow er Amplifiers
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see the
Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Num bers
EFBG-03-250(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-03-250-C/H(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-06-500-C/H(-E)-51/5190
P ower Am plifier Model Num bers
For Flow Control
H
For P res. Control
∗
AME-D-10- -20
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply )
∗
AME-D2-1010- -10
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
When Relief Valve Passing Flow Rate is Low in Pressure Control State
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 15 L/min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure dose not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Safety Valve Pressure Setting
The pressure of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.
Interchangeability in installation with conventional valves (10Ω -10Ω Series)
EFBG-03
There is no interchangeability in installation.
EFBG-06
A product in the high-flow series can be mounted on the conventional mounting surface but no conventional product
can be mounted on the mounting surface of the high-flow series.
No.45
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
C
EFBG-03-250-H(-E)-51/5190, EFBG-03-250 (-E)-51/5190
Drain Port "Y "
Vent Port "V "
13.5(.53) Dia. Through
21(.83) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Outlet Port "A "
Tank Port "T "
A
11.7
(.46)
14.2
(.56)
26.2
(1.03)
153(6.
02)
101.6
(4.00)
26.8
(1.06)
V
T
Y
103.3
(4.07)
139.5
(5.49)
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
45.8
(1.80)
X
P
Inlet Port "P "
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
11.7
(.46)
Manual Flow Adj.Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Cable Departure (For Flow Control)
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding
2
1.5 mm
(.002 sq. in.)
85.8
(3.38)
125
(4.92)
Manual Pressure Adj.Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Pressure Adj. Srerw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex Soc.
INC.
View Arrow Z
Cable Departure (For Pressure Control)
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 sq. in.)
Models with proportional pilot
relief valve (EFBG-03-250-C/H)
only.
255.2
(10.05)
293.5
(11.56)
274.5
(10.81)
236.2
(9.30)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
100
(3.94)
99
(3.90)
Approx. Mass ...... 19 kg (41.9 lbs.)
6
(.24)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
101.6(4.00)
26(1.02) Dia. (Max.)
3 Places ("P ", "A " & "T " Port)
76.8(3.02)
50.8(2.00)
Model Num bers
"B" Thd.
∗∗
EFBG-03-250- ∗ - ∗ -5190
M12
EFBG-03-250- - -51
X
A
Y
T
V
1/2-13 UNC
11.7
(.46)
No.46
45
(1.77)
59(2.32)
130
(5.12)
14.2
(.56)
P
101.6(4.00)
0.8
(.03)
Prepare a mounting surface as shown to the
right. Also finish it finely.
95.3(3.75)
Dimensions of valve mounting surface
6.2(.24) Dia. (Max.)
3 Places ("V ", "X " & "Y " Port)
7(.28) Dia. 7(.28) Deep 2 Places
(For Locating Pin)
24.8
(.98)
87.9(3.46)
Z
12.7
(.50)
28.6
(1.13)
Two Locating Pins
6(.24) Dia.
102.4(4.03)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
125
(4.92)
"B " Thd 24(.94) Deep 4 Places
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
C
EFBG-06-500-H(-E)-51/5190
Manual Flow Adj.Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
17
4 Places
(.67)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
180
(7.09)
146.1
(5.75)
Inlet Port "P "
151.3
(5.96)
215.8
(8.50)
180
(7.09)
133.4
(5.25)
112
(4.41)
26.3
(1.04)
Models w ithout Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
(Rear Side)
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
33
(1.30)
111
(4.37)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Tank Port "T "
Drain Port "Y "
Outlet Port "A "
Vent Port "V "
Cable Departure (For Pressure
Control)
...
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
. Conductor
..
Area
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Cable Departure (For Flow Control)
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
2
. . . Not Exceeding
1.5 mm
(.002 sq. in.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels
with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
Manual Pressure Adj.Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Sling Fitting
2 Places
8
(.31)
96
(3.78)
95
(3.74)
288.5
(11.36)
311.5
(12.26)
273.2
(10.76)
Approx. Mass ...... 33 kg (72.8 lbs.)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins
16(.63) Dia.
Approx. Mass ...... 35 kg (77.2 lbs.)
Model Num bers
EFBG-06-500- - -51
∗∗
∗∗
"B" Thd.
M16
EFBG-06-500- - -5190 5/8-11 UNC
C
30 (1.18)
35 (1.38)
180
(7.09)
26.3
(1.04)
31
(1.22)
1.6
(.06)
35(1.38) Dia. (Max.)
3 Places ("P ", "A " & "T " Port)
"B " Thd. "C " Deep
4 Places
P
X
Y
T
85.7
(3.37)
110
(4.33)
133.4
(5.25)
Prepare a mounting surface as shown to the
right. Also finish it finely.
7.5
(.30)
41.3
(1.63)
Dimensions of valve mounting surface
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
146.1
(5.75)
144.5
(5.69)
115
(4.53)
73.1
(2.88)
A V
7(.28) Dia. (Max.)
17
(.67)
1.9
(.07)
180
(7.09)
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
2 Places
(For Locating Pin)
14(.55) Dia. (Max.)
No.47
H
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Flow Controls
U.S.GPM L /min
250
60
200
80
150
100
20
0.25s
50
0
300
200
40
0.25s
100
0
Step Signal
0
EFBG-06-500
U.S.GPM L /min
500
120
400
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
40
EFBG-03-250
0
Step Signal
Tim e
Tim e
Pressure Controls
PSI
MPa
EFBG-03-250-H
4000
PSI
4000
28
MPa
28
24
24
3000
20
Pressure
Pressure
3000
16
2000
12
0.2s
8
1000
20
16
2000
12
8
1000
0
0.25s
4
4
0
EFBG-06-500-H
Step Signal
Step Signal
0
0
Tim e
Tim e
Input Current vs. Flow
EFBG-03-250
U.S.GPM L /min
250
120
60
40
30
200
150
100
0
80
300
60
200
40
20
10
400
100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
50
EFBG-06-500
U.S.GPM L /min
500
50
100
20
0
0
200
400
600
800
0
0
0
900
200
400
800
600
1000
Input Current mA
Input Current mA
Input Current vs. Pressure
PSI
3500
3000
EFBG-03-250
MPa
25
PSI
3500
3000
20
EFBG-06-500
MPa
25
20
EFBG-06-500-H
EFBG-03-250-H
15
2000
Pressure
Pressure
2000
10
1000
10
1000
EFBG-03-250-C
No.48
EFBG-06-500-C
5
5
0
15
0
0
200
400
600
Input Current mA
800
900
0
0
0
200
400
600
Input Current mA
800
900
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFBG-03-250-∗ -∗ -51/5190
57
32
28
30
46
Y
X
31
Detail of Safety Valve
(Item 31)
29
Z
43 52
32
Y
X
Z
15
47
48
26
14
27
13
25
16
37
44 40 45 58
Section X-X
17
3
W
24
56
W
23
21
42
39
51
34
36
5
4
33
20
12
54
19
50
22
51
49
6
18
8
41
11 2
42 60 61 59 62 64 63
42 10 38 1
35
7
9
40 55
Section Y-Y
53
H
Section W-W
List of Seals
Item
Nam e of P arts
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Section Z-Z
P art Num bers
Qty .
SO-NB-P 42
SO-NB-P 32
SO-NB-P 30
SO-NB-P 28
SO-NB-P 22
SO-NB-P 21
SO-NB-P 20
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-A013
SO-NA-P 6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
6
3
1
1
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers
EFBG-03-250-51
EFBG-03-250-C/H-51
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFBG-03-250-51
KS-EFBG-03-250-C-51
O-rings, ref. Nos. 37 and 39, are used only with the proportional pilot relief
valve (EFBG-03-250-C/H).
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y are included in the
seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve
Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-03-250-C/H(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-03-250(-E)-51/5190
29 Solenoid Ass'y Model No.
E318-Y06M1-04-61
30 Solenoid Ass'y Model No.
31 Safety Valve Model No.
E318-Y06M1-28-61
SB1094-2002
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 32) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
No.49
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
Detail of Safety Valve
(Item
24) Pilot
M odels
Without
Relief
Valve : EFBG-06-500(-E)
EFBG-06-500-∗ -∗ -51/5190
U
21
48
22
Q
38
W
24
S
35
23
25
55 56 54 51 53 52
Y
Y
Y
S
28
32
Q
W
U
50 37 31 36
Section S-S
39
16
3
8
17
40
42
19
44
11
20
29
7
33
34
5
26
46
33
10
42
4
9
Z
Z
14
18
27
12
49
13 35 2 30
47
32
33 43
Section U-U
Section Q-Q
28 1 15 6
List of Seals
Item
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Nam e of P arts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
P art Num bers
SO-NB-P 46
SO-NB-P 42
SO-NB-P 40
SO-NB-P 36
SO-NB-P 34
SO-NB-P 14
SO-NB-P 11
SO-NB-P 9
SO-NB-G55
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-AO13
SO-NA-P 6
Qty .
1
1
3
1
1
1
4
4
1
2
1
1
O-rings, ref. Nos. 31, 36 and 37, are used only with the proportional pilot relief
valve [EFBG-06-500(-E)].
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve and solenoid ass'y are
included in the seal kit. For the detail of the pilot valve and solenoid ass'y seals,
see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
40
41 40
Section Z-Z
Section WW
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers
EFBG-06-500-51
EFBG-06-500-C/H-51
∗
∗
Seal Kit Num bers
KS-EFBG-06-500-51
KS-EFBG-06-500-C-51
Pilot Valve and Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-06-500-C(-E)-51/5190
22 P ilot Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-06-500-H(-E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103
23 Solenoid Ass'y Model No.
EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103
E318-Y06M1-28-61
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 25) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
No.50
24 Safety Valve Model No.
SB1094-2002
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
EFBG-03/06 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of solenoid ass'y.
Specifications and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions between current and new design, however, note that
because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.
EFBG-03
Current : Design 50
New : Design 51
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Air Vent
Air Vent
Air Vent
3 Places
Air Vent
3 Places
H
EFBG-06
Current : Design 50
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
New : Design 51
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
Air Vent
3 Places
Air Vent
Air Vent
Air Vent
3 Places
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
No.51
Pub. EC-1304
E SERIES
PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL AND
PROPORTIONAL
FLOW CONTROL VALVES
CONTROLS
EDFHG-03/04/06 (3/8,1/2,3/4) Sub-plate Mounting
General Information
Up to 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI), 280 L/min (74.0 U.S.GPM)
These valves are double-deck directional and flow control valves
employing as their pilot the electro-hydraulic proportional pressure
reducing valves with two proportional solenoids. The flow rate can be
controlled by changing an input current to the solenoids and the direction of
the flow can be controlled by providing the current to either solenoid of the
two.
By combining the valves with the power amplifiers specially designed
for the valves, the speed control, acceleration, deceleration and directional control can be done with a single valve, which eventually makes
the hydraulic circuits simple and contributes the cost of the hydraulic
systems.
a
A
B
P
T
b
Y X
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic Fluids
Water Containing Fluids
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the
model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Use water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.
Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Viscosity
Temperature
20 - 400 mm2/s
(98 - 1800 SSU)
0 - +60°C
(32 - 140°F)
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 μ m or finer line filter.
No.1
H
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EDFHG-03/04/06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation
Specifications
Model No.
Description
EDFHG-03
EDFHG-04
Max. Operating Pressure
24.5 (3550)
MPa (PSI)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
at Valve Pressure Difference:
1.0 MPa (145 PSI)
Pilot Pressure 1
MPa (PSI)
at Normal
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM) at Transition
Max. Tank Line Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
EDFHG-06
100 (26.4)
140 (37.0)
1 (.26)
3 (.79)
1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)
1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
3.0 (435)
800 mA
280 (74.0)
1 (.26)
6 (1.59)
21 (3050)
2
980 mA
10 Ω
Less than 5%
Less than 1%
11 (24.3)
1
900 mA
3
3
12 (26.5)
15 (33.1)
1. Take care to keep the difference between the pilot pressure and drain port back pressure consistently
greater than 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
2. To obtain stable performance, keep the drain port back pressure low and minimize its fluctuations.
3. The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the specifications for each control valve are
determined under the following conditions:
Hysteresis Value:
Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used.
Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used under the
same conditions.
Model Number Designation
F-
EDFHG
-03
-100
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Valve
Size
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
EDFHG:
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Directional &
Flow Control
Valves
(Sub-Plate
Mtg.)
03
100 : 100 (26.4)
04
140 : 140 (37.0)
06
280 : 280 (74.0)
-XY
-E
-31
∗
Direction
of Flow
Pilot
Connection
Design
Number
Design
Standards
-3C2
Spool Type
1
31
3C2
3C40
E:
External Pilot
XY: Metre-in •
Metre-out
None :
Internal Pilot
31
1. Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbols
External Pilot Type
a
No.2
31
A
B
P
T
b
Y X
Internal Pilot Type
a
A
B
P
T
b
Y
Refer to
2
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EDFHG-03/04/06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Model
Numbers
Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
M6 × 35 Lg.
M6 × 45 Lg.
M10 × 50 Lg.
M12 × 60 Lg.
EDFHG-03
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
N. American Design Standard
Qty.
1/4-20 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC × 1-3/4 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC × 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC × 2-1/2 Lg.
4
2
4
6
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
12 - 15 (106 - 133)
12 - 15 (106 - 133)
58 - 72 (513 - 637)
100 - 123 (885 - 1089)
Sub-Plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
EDFHG-03
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
Rc 3/4
4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-03Y-10
European Design Standard
N. American Design Standard
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-03Y-1090
3/4 NPT
DHGM-03Y-1080
3/4 BSP.F
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2
4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04-2080
1/2 BSP.F
4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-20
DHGM-06-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/4
4.1 (9.0)
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-04X-2080
DHGM-06-5080
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7)
DHGM-04X-2090
DHGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.1 (9.0)
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7)
DHGM-06X-5090
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Applicable Power Amplifiers
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: SK1091-D24-10
Instructions
Mounting Position
Be sure to mount the Directional and Flow Control Valve
so that the air vents come upside.
[Bad example]
[Good example]
Air Vent
SOL b
SOL a
SOL a
Air Vent
Air Vent
SOL b
Air Bleeding
To ensure stable control, bleed the air form solenoid
completely and fill its icon core with oil. For this purpose,
it is recommended to provide the drain line with a check
valve having a cracking pressure of about 0.04 MPa (5.8
PSI).
Bleeding can be done by slowly loosening an air vent.
There are three air vents. Chose one that appears most
helpful (see the figure below).
In addition, be sure to extend the end of the drain line into
the oil.
Air Vent
Solenoid
Manual Adjustment
In the event of an electric fault or emergency, a manual
shift can be made by screwing in the manual adjustment screw. Take care, however, that this manual shift
has no flows adjusting function.
For this operation, set the pilot pressure (or P-port
pressure on an internal-pilot model) below 7 MPa (1020
PSI).
After operation, be sure to return the manual adjust-ment
screw completely to the original position (see the figure
right).
Air Vent
3 Places
Manual Adj. Screw
10 Ω Series Solenoid
No.3
H
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EDFHG-03/04
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Mounting Surface: Main port ... Conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A.
Pilot/drain ports ... Conform to ISO.
EDFHG-03-100-3C∗-XY-∗-31/3190
Cylinder Port "B"
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Pilot Pressure Port "X"
285.8
(11.25)
114.9
(4.52)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
54
(2.13)
12
(.47)
Connector
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Connector
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Tank Port "T"
37.6 39
(1.48)(1.54)
93.6
(3.68)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(Both Ends)
SOL a
SOL b
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
79
(3.11)
212
(8.35)
Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AD-07-4-A.
Pressure Port "P"
285.8
(11.25)
101.6
(4.00)
34(1.34)
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
91.3
(3.59)
Connector
48
(1.89)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(Both Ends)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins
No.4
4
(.16)
34
(1.34)
35
(1.38)
116
(4.57)
185.5
(7.30)
57.5
(2.26)
27.5
(1.08)
Cylinder Port "A"
50
Cable Departure
(1.97)
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.) 7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
Conductor Area
2 Places
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
65.6
(.002 sq. in.)
(2.58)
1.5
(.06)
69.8
(2.75)
Position of cable departure can
be changed. For details, refer to
above EDFHG-03.
Pilot Pressure Port "X"
Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Cylinder Port "B"
65.6
(2.58)
SOL a
39
(1.54)
SOL b
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
204
(8.03)
50.4
(1.98)
91
(3.58)
Tank Port "T"
72.9
(2.87)
EDFHG-04-140-3C∗-XY-∗-31/3190
9.1
(.36)
110
57.5
(4.33)
(2.26)
179.5
(7.07)
27.5
(1.08)
26(1.02)
48
(1.89)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)
27(1.06)
Of the two tank ports "T", the tank
port in the left side is normally used
in our standard sub-plate, though, either
side of the tank port "T" can be used
without problem.
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EDFHG-06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing / Others
EDFHG-06-280-3C∗-XY-∗-31/3190
Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AE-08-4-A.
Pressure Port "P"
Pilot Drain Port "Y"
285.8
(11.25)
65.4
(2.57)
130.2
(5.13)
53.2
(2.09)
Pilot Pressure Port "X"
Connector
48
(1.89)
77
(3.03)
Cylinder Port "A"
Cable Departure
Cylinder Port "B"
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
39
65.6
65.6
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(2.58)
(1.54) (2.58)
(.002 sq. in.)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(Both Ends)
6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins
206.5
(8.13)
SOL a
13.5(.53) Dia. Through
20(.79) Dia. Spotface
6 Places
SOL b
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)
6
(.24)
137
(5.39)
41
(1.61)
57.5
(2.26)
27.5
(1.08)
13
(.51)
92.1
(3.63)
Tank Port "T"
118
(4.65)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For
details, refer to EDFHG-03 valve on page 4.
50.3
(1.98)
H
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
255
(10.04)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Interchangeability between Current and New Design
Specifications and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
The mounting surface are interchangeable.
Note that because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes and dimensions have been changed as shown
below.
Current: Design 30
New: Design 31
Air Vent
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
SOL a
SOL b
Air Vent
3 Places
No.5
E Series
Sub-Plate for
Directional and Flow Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-Plates
DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-03Y-10
120
(4.72)
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
DHGM-03Y-1080
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DHGM-03Y-1090
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
43(1.69)
16.7(.66)
1/4-20 UNC
15(.59)
80
(3.15)
45
(1.77)
10
(.39)
42(1.65)
25(.98)
3.2
(.13)
12
(.47)
19
(.75)
11
(.43)
P
70
(2.76)
6.4(.25)
21.5(.85)
32.5(1.28)
27(1.06)
8(.31)
13(.51)
50
(1.97)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
110
(4.33)
19
(.75)
10
(.39)
22(.87)
25
(.98)
M6
62
(2.44)
54
(2.13)
37.3(1.47)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
pilot type valves.
To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.
F
mm (in.)
47
(1.85)
76
(2.99)
18
(.71)
90
(3.54)
"E" Thd.
"D" Thd.
16(.63)
15
(.59)
"C" Thd.
T
B
A
6.2(.24) Dia.
"C" Thd.
4 Places
6.2(.24) Dia.
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
04
DHGM- 04X-20/2080/2090
Sub-plate
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
"F" Thd.
Model Numbers
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/4
DHGM-04X-20
M10
M6
DHGM-04-2080
1/2 BSP.F
1/4
BSP.F
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT
76.7
(3.02)
50
(1.97)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
A
10.1
(.40)
90
(3.54)
T
P X
B
Y
57.1
(2.25)
16
(.63)
1.6(.06)
18.3(.72)
14.2
(.56)
55.6
(2.19)
69.8
(2.75)
13.1
(.52)
71.4
(2.81)
96
(3.78)
12
(.47)
34(1.34)
120
(4.72)
36
(1.42)
125
(4.92)
20
(.79)
19
(.75)
Refer to
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
X
Y
P
T
B
"C" Thd.
4 Places
76
(2.99)
101.6
(4.00)
33(1.30)
32.2(1.27)
29
(1.14)
166
(6.54)
65
(2.56)
12(.47)
21.5(.85)
190
(7.48)
A
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
3.6(.14) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
2 Places
65.8
(2.59)
14.2
(.56)
88.1
(3.47)
130
(5.12)
6(.24) Dia. 2 Places
17.5(.69) Dia.
4 Places
"F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep
2 Places
"D" Thd.
2 Places
58
(2.28)
102
(4.02)
137.5
(5.41)
Used only on external pilot type valves. To be plugged on internal pilot type
valves.
No.6
E Series
Sub-Plate for
Directional and Flow Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-Plates
06
DHGM- 06X-50/5090
204
(8.03)
12
(.47)
180
(7.09)
25
(.98)
130.2
(5.13)
112.7
(4.44)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
M12
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
1/2-13 UNC
26 (1.02)
11(.43) Dia.
"D" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
94.5
(3.72)
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
6 Places
53.2
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
17.5(.69)
19.1(.75)
A
Y
B
17.5
(.69)
100.8
(3.97)
7(.28) Dia.
8(.31) Deep
2 Places
12.5
(.49)
34(1.34)
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
29.5
(1.16)
Used only on external
pilot type valves.
To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.
73.1
(2.88)
X
46.1
(1.81)
TP
V
96.9
(3.81)
Not used
(plug is not required)
5.6(.22)
74.6
(2.94)
92.1
(3.63)
12
(.47)
116
(4.57)
Not used
(plug is not required)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
23(.91) Dia.
"C" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
126.2
(4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
06
DHGM- 06X-5080
D
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-5080
3/4 BSP.F
DHGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
D
E
151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42)
F
102 (4.02)
Dimensions
H
54.4 (2.14)
155.2 (6.11)
106 (4.17)
50 (1.97)
148 (5.83)
P
Y
B
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24.5(.96) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
W
T
A
mm (Inches)
J
30.6 (1.20)
25
(.98)
55
(2.17)
83.5
(3.29)
W
Not used
(plug is not
required)
J
X
N
L
K
28
(1.10)
X
H
35
(1.38)
PY
A B
F
Not used
(plug is not
required)
82
(3.23)
T
50
(1.97)
26.4
(1.04)
12
(.47)
8.9
(.35)
V
E
1/4 BSP.F Thd.
4 Places
11.9
(.47)
116
(4.57)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
134
(5.28)
110
(4.33)
92.1
(3.63)
M12 Thd.
24(.94) Deep
6 Places
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
130.2
(5.13)
Used only on external
pilot type valves.
To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.
K
125.8 (4.95)
L
78.2 (3.08)
N
42.5 (1.67)
130 (5.12)
74 (2.91)
32 (1.26)
For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06∗-50/5090" above.
No.7
H
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EDFHG-03/04/06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Flow
Valve Pressure Difference vs. Flow
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s (141 SSU)
Valve Pres. Difference : P →
A (B), B (A) T→ 1 MPa (145 PSI)
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s (141 SSU)
EDFHG-03
3500 PSI
1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
35 A B
0
140
U.S.GPM
120
30
AB
80
PT
PT
25
20
60
15
40
10
20
5
Flow Rate
AB
Flow Rate
100
0
Flow Rate
L /min
700 mA
80
30
PT
20
40
Valve Pres. Diff.
MPa
24.5
24
16
8
0
10
600 mA
8
10
24
24.5
MPa
40 Valve Pres. Diff.
20
80
0
600 mA
0
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
750 mA
L /min 120
AB
700 mA
30
750 mA
35
PT
U.S.GPM
3000 2000 1000
PSI 3500
16
0
Flow Rate
EDFHG-03
120
L /min
140
0
EDFHG-04
3500 PSI
1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
70 A B
0
280
240
Flow Rate
160
40
140
AB
PT
PT
80
20
60
40
40
80
20
700 mA
0
24
24.5
Valve Pres. Diff. MPa
80
700 mA
20
10
20
0
160
24.5
24
0
40
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
AB
8
160
0
800 mA
900 mA
60
60 P T
800 mA
Valve Pres. Diff.
MPa
16
8
30
100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
120
AB
900 mA
L /min
U.S.GPM
240
P T 70
U.S.GPM
280
3000 2000 1000
PSI 3500
16
0
Flow Rate
EDFHG-04
L /min
L /min
0
EDFHG-06
3500 PSI
1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
100 A B
900 mA
0
300
400
L /min
U.S.GPM
80
800 mA
70
Flow Rate
200
AB
AB
60
PT
PT
50
40
150
30
Flow Rate
250
0
Valve Pres. Diff.
MPa
24.5
24
16
8
50
0
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
20
10
40
0
60
AB
40
100
0
100
200
8
24
24.5
Valve Pres. Diff. MPa
300
L /min
80
800 mA
900 mA
3000 2000 1000
PSI 3500
No.8
700 mA
20
600 mA
700 mA
P T 100
U.S.GPM
80 P T
60
200
600 mA
100
20
300
Flow Rate
EDFHG-06
Flow Rate
L /min
400
0
16
0
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EDFHG-03/04/06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Frequency Response
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on
each valve. Therefore, they may vary according to a
hydraulic circuit to be used.
0
-10
-20
-30
0.2
Frequency (Hz)
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
20
40
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU)
Supply Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
Gain
Phase
U.S.GPM L/min
140
35
120
30
Flow Rate
0
- 20
- 40
- 60
- 80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
EDFHG-03
Model Number : EDFHG-03-100-3C2-E-31
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU)
Pilot Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
Travel of Spool : ±10% of Maximum Stroke
EDFHG-03
100
20
80
0.1 s
60
10
40
Step Signal
0
-10
-20
-30
Frequency (Hz)
0.2 0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
20
Time
40
U.S.GPM L/min
Gain
45
175
40
150
Phase
Model Number : EDFHG-04-140-3C2-E-31
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU)
Pilot Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
Travel of Spool : ±10% of Maximum Stroke
30
100
20
50
Frequency (Hz)
0.2 0.4 0.7 1
2
4
Time
7 10
Gain
Phase
20
40
U.S.GPM L/min
400
100
350
80
EDFHG-06
300
250
60
200
40
Model Number : EDFHG-06-280-3C2-E-31
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU)
Pilot Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
Travel of Spool : ±10% of Maximum Stroke
H
Step Signal
10
Flow Rate
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
0
-10
-20
-30
0.1 s
75
EDFHG-06
0
- 20
- 40
- 60
- 80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
EDFHG-04
125
Flow Rate
0
- 20
- 40
- 60
- 80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
EDFHG-04
0.1 s
150
100
Step Signal
20
Time
No.9
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
EDFHG-03/04/06
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EDFHG-03-100-3C∗ -XY-∗ -31/3190
EDFHG-04-140-3C∗ -XY-∗ -31/3190
EDFHG-06-280-3C∗ -XY-∗ -31/3190
15
16
Removed for
internal pilot models
8 17 14 6 21 26 18 20 25 7 19 24 29 22
23
28
27
Y
X
T
A
P
B
Section X-X
T
16
X
10
4
11
5
9
3
12
15
Y
1
13
2
Section Y-Y
List of Seals & Solenoid Ass'y
Item
Name of Parts
6
11
12
13
14
25
26
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
EDFHG-03
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
Qty.
Part Numbers
Qty.
Part Numbers
Qty.
Part Numbers
E318-Y06M1-28-61 2
E318-Y06M1-28-61 2
E318-Y06M1-28-61 2
2
SO-NB-P28
2
SO-NB-P34
2
SO-NB-P40
4
SO-NB-A014
5
SO-NB-P22
4
SO-NB-P30
2
SO-NB-P9
2
SO-NB-P9
2
SO-NB-P14
2
SO-NB-P9
6
SO-NB-P9
2
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P9
4
SO-NB-P9
4
SO-NB-P9
4
SO-NB-P4
2
SO-NB-P4
2
SO-NB-P4
2
Note: The GDM-211-B-11 connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below. In addition to the above o-rings, orings for solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y o-rings, see the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302.
List of Seal Kits
Model Numbers
EDFHG-03
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
No.10
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-EDFHG-03-31
KS-EDFHG-04-31
KS-EDFHG-06-31
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do it
carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
Pub. EC-1305
POWER AMPLIFIERS / SETTING
ADJUSTERS
FOR PROPORTIONAL ELECTROHYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVES
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pow er Amplifiers
These are power amplifiers to be used exclusively to operate the electro-hydraulic proportional valves. Various type
and models on available for a variety of applications.
Ty pe
Model Num bers
∗
AME-D-10- -20
∗
AME-D-S- -32
Applicable to
Control Valve
Function
P age
P ressure and
Flow Control
(For 10 Ω Sol.)
By giving the com m and of DC voltage (0-10 V) to the am plifier,
current in proportion to that voltage will flow into the solenoid of
the control valve in order to control pressure or flow rate.
An external setting unit which m akes the com m and voltage of 0-10
V and a DC power supply (or a function generator) are necessary ,
but if a variable resistor for external setting is only one, the internal
power supply for am plifier can be used.
3
Flow Control
(For 40 Ω Sol.)
DC Input
∗
AME-D2-H1- -12
AME-D2-1010- -10
P ressure and
Flow Control
(For 10 Ω-10 Ω Sol.)
∗∗
P ressure and
Flow Control
(For 10 Ω Sol.)
∗
Flow Control
(For 40 Ω Sol.)
∗
SK1022- - -11
DC Input-Feedback
AME-DF-S- -22
Slow Up-Down
P ressure and
Flow Control
(For 40 Ω-10 Ω Sol.)
∗
AME-T-S- -22
SK1015-11
AMN-D-10
Flow Control
(For 40 Ω Sol.)
P ressure and
Flow Control
(For 10 Ω Sol.)
DC Input
For DC P ower
24 V DC
SK1091-D24-10
Directional and
Flow Control
9
14
Variable
Resistor
1kΩ
Amplifier
Valve
Basically , this is a DC input ty pe with a feedback operating unit.
This is for high-accuracy control and used to feedback the pressure
or flow rate converted to electric signals.
A slow up-down signal generator and the functions of a DC input
ty pe are incorporated. This is used to control the pressure or flow
rate by slow up-down pattern and the com m and signals are given
by relay contacts, lim it switches, tim er contacts, etc.
An am plifier which is operated by a battery power supply (24V).
By giving the com m and of DC voltage to the am plifier, current in
proportion to that voltage will flow in the solenoid of the control
valve in order to control pressure or flow rate.
An external setting unit which m akes the com m and voltage and a
DC power supply (or a function generator) are necessary , but if
a variable resistor for external setting is only one, the internal
power supply for am plifier can be used.
Variable
Resistor
14
3
9
9
3
7
18
Amplifier
Valve
SK1015 am plifier can be used in autom obile construction
m achine.
No.1
H
POWER AMPLIFIERS / SETTING
ADJUSTERS
FOR PROPORTIONAL ELECTROHYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVES
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Setting Adjusters
The setting adjuster supplies the command signal voltage to the power
amplifier. Since the setting adjuster is closely related to actual machine
operating procedure, the user generally provides this device.
Yuken makes the following standard setting adjusters for general use and
designs and manufactures special setting adjusters to order:
Ty pe
Model Num bers
Function
P age
MC-01
This is the sim plest setting adj uster, consisting of a trim m er (1 kΩ ) and a dial.
18
MC-02
Consisting of a centre-tapped trim m er (1 kΩ -1 k Ω ) and a dial, this setting
adj uster is ideal for a servo sy stem .
18
Manually Operated
Setting Adj uster
∗
6-point Setting Adj uster
AMC-V6-S- -10
Six trim m ers are incorporated, so it is possible to set six points.
19
Multifunction Slope
Controller
AMC-T-20
This m ultifunction slope controller generates any desired 2-channel analog
voltage pattern outputs. It can also be used with slope-proportional and tim eproportional sy stem s.
20
Instructions for Pow er Amplifiers
The power amplifiers should be kept away from hot and humid conditions which may deteriorate some components of
the power amplifiers. They also should be installed in the clean and dry place where the vibration is minimal.
Please avoid to install the power amplifiers in the complete enclosure or get them enclosed totally as they need to radiate
the heat from semiconductors or ICs inside.
Please use shielded wires for input signal transmission to prevent the amplifiers from any interference such as noise from
outside.
No.2
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others
These power amplifiers are used to drive the 10 Ω series proportional
electro-hydraulic pressure and flow control valves.
Model Number Designation
AM E
-D
-10
-100
-20
Series
Num ber
Ty pe of Function
Coil Resistance
of Valve
P ower Supply
Design
Num ber
AME
D : DC Input Ty pe
10: 10 Ω
100 : 100 V AC
200 : 200 V AC
20
Applicable to Valve
SK1022
-A
-100
Series Num ber
Ty pe of Function
SK1022 :
DC Input-Feedback
Ty pe
A : P olarity of Feedback
Voltage...(-)
B : P olarity of Feedback
Voltage...(+)
-11
Design
Num ber
P ower Supply
100: 100 V AC
11
200: 200/220 V AC
SK1015 :
DC Input Ty pe
for DC P ower
Supply
11
Nam e of Valve
Model Num bers
∗
P ilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
Relief Valves
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
Reducing and
Relieving Valves
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
10 Ω Series
Flow Control Valves
EFG - 03
EFCG 06
10 Ω-10 Ω Series
High Flow Series
Flow Control and
Relief Valves
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
H
Use with 24 V DC since this is for a battery power supply .
Specifications
Model No.
∗
∗
∗
AME-D-10- -20
SK1022-A- -11
SK1022-B- -11
SK1015-11
DC Input Ty pe
DC Input
Feedback Ty pe
DC Input
Feedback Ty pe
DC Input Ty pe
Max. Output Current
1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
0.9 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
0 to +10V
50 k Ω
50 k Ω
Description
Ty pe of Fuction
10 k Ω
0 to -10V
50 k Ω
Max. Gain
1A /5V
1 A / 0.5 V
1 A / 0.5 V
0.9 A / 5 V
Dither
Variable
Fix
Fix
Fix
0.2 m A /°C
0.2 m A /°C
0.2 m A /°C
1 m A /°C
Feedback Voltage
Input Im pedance
Tem perature Drift (Max.)
P ower Supply
P ower Input (Max.)
Am bient Tem perature
External Setting Resistance
Approx. Mass
100 V AC, 200 V AC
(50/60 Hz)
55 VA
100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ±10% (50/60 Hz)
22-30 V DC
45 VA
45 VA
25 VA
0-50°C (32-122°F)
1kΩ
0-50°C (32-122°F)
1kΩ
0-50°C (32-122°F)
1kΩ
0-50°C (32-122°F)
10 k Ω
2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
0.4 kg (.88 lbs.)
Serviceable Range; 100 V AC can be used from 90 to 132 V AC, 200 V AC can be used from 180 to 264 V AC.
Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use
the variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω (in case of model SK1015, use 10 k Ω ) for the
setting adjuster.
No.3
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AME-D-10-∗ -20
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
1
2
3
4
5
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
220 Ω +12V
6
DITHER
MAX
1
1 kΩ
7
MIN
2
6
SOL
7
8
9
10
11
12
8
10
11 12
Power Supply
Ammeter
(Output Current)
Max. Adjuster
Nam e
Input Signal
Input Signal
IN
COM
Input Signal
Internal P ower Supply
(10 V at 1 k Ω)
COM
+12 V
Output to Valve
Solenoid
SOL
G
Ground
P ower Supply
100/200 V AC
Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
1
POWER AMP
2
199(7.83)
MIN
189(7.44)
MAX
Power Fuse
Zero Adjuster
IN
CO M
CO M
12V
Supply Switch
F
S OL
DITHER
POWER
4.5(.18) Dia. Through
4 Places
1
2
3
4
5
6 G
7 AC
8
9
10
11
12
178(7.01)
CURRENT
MONITOR
Dither Adjuster
Indicator Lamp
70
(2.76)
80
(3.15)
25
(.98)
170
(6.69)
185.5
(7.30)
76
(2.99)
1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range
2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
No.4
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
SK1022-A
B -∗ -11
T erm inal Board
[ Exam ple Diagram ]
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
470Ω
10
15V
REF
1
DIT HER
GAIN
2
1 kΩ
SOL
8
11
3
F.B
NULL
Term inal
Num ber
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Nam e
9
Pressure
Sensor
12
13
14
11
12
13
14
Power Supply
REF
COM
F.B
COM
Output to Valve
Solenoid
SOL
P ower Supply for
Setting Adj uster
(10 V at 1 kΩ)
10
4
Input Signal
Input Signal
Feedback Signal
Feedback Signal
P ower Supply
100 V AC, 200V AC : 13, 14
220 V AC : 12, 14
Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
N U LL
GAIN
Feedback 3
Adjuster
Gain Adjuster
8 REF
9 COM
10 F.B
11COM
12
13
14
SOL
1
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 2A
200/220 V AC :
1A
Indicator Lamp
POW ER
+15V
G
AC
F1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
178
(7.01)
R EF C OM FB
199(7.83)
Supply
Switch
Check Terminal
3 Places
4
189(7.44)
Zero 2
Adjuster
G
Ground
Ammeter (Output Current)
Reference
Adjuster
+15V
Output
Fuse (2A)
F2
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
105(4.13)
125(4.92)
1. Adj ustm ent of
2. Adj ustm ent of
3. Adj ustm ent of
4. Adj ustm ent of
H
120
(4.72)
240(9.45)
22
(.87)
260(10.24)
upper lim it of usable range
lower lim it of usable range
feedback voltage ratio
input voltage ratio
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SK1015-11
Blue
+
10 kΩ
Black
White
Blue
Black
24 V DC
100(3.94)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NULL GAIN
Red
SOL
4(.16) Dia.
Through
4 Places
Zero Adjuster
45
(1.77)
3
(.12)
75(2.95)
85(3.35)
Setting
Adjuster
Yellow 1 kΩ
120(4.72)
Lead Wire
Approx.
200
(7.87)
[ Exam ple Diagram ]
2
Gain Adjuster
1
Lead Wire Detail
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
W hite........P lus of 24 V DC
Black........Zero of 24 V DC
Blue..........
Blue.......... Output to Valve Solenoid
Yellow......15 V P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster (10 V at 10 kΩ)
Red...........Input Signal
Black........Zero of Input Signal
1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range
2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range
No.5
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others
Compact power amplifiers for 10 Ω proportional solenoids. The power
supply is 24 V DC. It uses a new circuitry to be slow to heat.
Model Number Designation
AM N
-D
-10
Series Num ber
Ty pe of Function
Design
Num ber
AMN
D : DC Input Ty pe
10
Specifications
Applicable to Valve
Model No.
Nam e of Valve
AMN-D-10
Description
Ty pe of Function
DC Input Ty pe
1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
+ 10 V DC
Max. Output Current
P ower Input (Max.)
10 k Ω
Input Im pedance
Max. Gain
1A /5V
Dither
Tem perature Drift (Max.)
Variable
0.2 m A /°C
P ower Supply
24 V DC (20 - 30 V DC)
Max. Input P ower
25 W
Am bient Tem perature
External Setting Resistance
Model Num bers
∗
P ilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
Relief Valves
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
Reducing and
Relieving Valves
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
10 Ω Series
Flow Control Valves
EFG - 03
EFCG 06
10 Ω-10 Ω Series
High Flow Series
Flow Control and
Relief Valves
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
1 kΩ
Approx. Mass
0.2 kg (.44 lbs.)
AMN-D-10
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
[Exam ple Diagram ]
Setting Adjuster
+12V
MIN
3.5(.14) Dia.
Through
2 Places
5
SPAN
6
7
SOL
8
1 kΩ
MIN
D ITH ER
3
1 2
SPAN
Zero Adjuster
Power Supply
Span Adjuster
POW ER
90(3.54)
4
100(3.94)
MC-01
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Num ber
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No.6
1 2
Nam e
P ower Supply
P ower Supply
Ground
Internal P ower Supply
Input Signal
Input Signal
Output to Valve
Solenoid
+24 V
0V
G
+12 V
IN
COM
SOL
3 4
5 6
7 8
Terminal Board
(Refer to table on
the left.)
2.5
(.10)
30
(1.18)
50
(1.97)
60
(2.36)
Indicator
Lamp
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves
Specifications / Others
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
These power amplifiers are used to drive the 40 Ω series proportional
electro-hydraulic flow control valves.
Model Number Designation
AM E
Series
Num ber
-D
-S
-100
-32
Ty pe of Function
Ty pe of
Mounting
P ower Supply
Design
Num ber
S : P anel
Mounting
Ty pe
100:
100 V AC
200:
200/220 V AC
D : DC Input Ty pe
AME
DF : DC Input
Feedback Ty pe
32
T : Slow Up Down
Ty pe
22
22
Applicable to Valve
Nam e of Valve
Model Num bers
40 Ω Series
Flow Control Valve
EFG -02/03/06/10
EFCG
40 Ω-10 Ω Series
Flow Control and
Relief Valve
EFBG-03/06/10
H
Specifications
Model No.
Description
Ty pe of Function
∗
∗
AME-D-S- -32
AME-DF-S- -22
∗
AME-T-S- -22
DC Input Ty pe
DC Input Feedback Ty pe
Slow Up Down Ty pe
Max. Output Current
0.8 A (40 Ω Solenoid)
0.8 A (40 Ω Solenoid)
0.8 A (40 Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
10 k Ω
0 to -10 V
50 k Ω
Max. Gain
0.8 A / 5 V
0.8 A / 5 V
Dither
Tem perature Drift (Max.)
Fix
0.2 m A /°C
Fix
0.2 m A /°C
90 VA
100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ±10% (50/60 Hz)
90 VA
0-50°C (32-122°F)
1 kΩ
0-50°C (32-122°F)
1 kΩ
0-50°C (32-122°F)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
Feedback Voltage
Input Im pedance
Slow Up Down Range
0.05 to 1 s /100 m A
P ower Supply
P ower Input (Max.)
Am bient Tem perature
External Setting Resistance
Approx. Mass
Fix
0.2 m A /°C
90 VA
Instructions
When DC input type (AME-D-S) or DC input-feedback type (AME-DF-S) power amplifier is used, power supply for
the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use the variable
resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω for the setting adjuster.
No.7
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AME-D-S-∗ -32
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
10 470 Ω
Input Signal
Input Signal
10
P ower Supply for Setting
Adj uster (10 V at 1 k Ω) +15 V
11
12
13
14
Ground
15V
DITHER
1 kΩ
8
NULL
2
SOL
9
11
12
13 14
Power Supply
IN
COM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GAIN
1
Nam e
SOL
Output to Valve Solenoid
G
P ower Supply
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
220 V AC: 12, 14
Ammeter
(Output Current)
2
NULL
GAIN
Supply Switch
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
1
199(7.83)
Gain Adjuster
189(7.44)
Zero Adjuster
X
POWER
Indicator
Lamp
105
(4.13)
125
(4.92)
240
(9.45)
260
(10.24)
22
(.87)
Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
8 IN
9 COM
10
11
12
13
14
SOL
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
+15V
G
Power Fuse
100 V AC: 3 A
200/220 V AC: 1.5 A
AC
F1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
F2
120
(4.72)
View Arrow X
No.8
178(7.01)
1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range
2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range
Output
Fuse (1.5 A)
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AME-DF-S-∗ -22
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
10
470 Ω
15V
REF
DITHER
1
GAIN
2
1 kΩ
3
SOL
8
11
F.B
NULL
9
4
Sensor
12
13
14
Power Supply
Nam e
IN
COM
F.B
COM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Input Signal
Input Signal
Feedback Signal
Feedback Signal
10
P ower Supply for Setting
Adj uster (10 V at 1 k Ω ) +15 V
11
12
13
14
Ground
Output to Valve Solenoid
SOL
G
P ower Supply
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
220 V AC: 12, 14
Ammeter
(Output Current)
Check Terminal
3 Places
Reference Adjuster
4
Feedback Adjuster
Supply Switch
R EF C OM
NULL
FB
GAIN
POWER
199(7.83)
2
189(7.44)
Zero Adjuster
Gain Adjuster
3
X
1
Indicator Lamp
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
1. Adj ustm ent of
2. Adj ustm ent of
3. Adj ustm ent of
4. Adj ustm ent of
240
(9.45)
260
(10.24)
22
(.87)
Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
upper lim it of usable range
lower lim it of usable range
feedback voltage ratio
input voltage ratio
8 REF
9COM
10 F.B
11COM
12
13
14
SOL
+15V
G
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Power Fuse
100 V AC: 3 A
200/220 V AC: 1.5 A
AC
F1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
F2
178(7.01)
105
(4.13)
125
(4.92)
Output
Fuse (1.5 A)
120
(4.72)
View Arrow X
No.9
H
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AME-T-S-∗ -22
T erm inal Board
Trm inal
Num ber
1
[Exam ple Diagram ]
2
3
Limit Switch
4
10
CH1
CR1
4
D ITH ER
SOL
8
CR3
CH2
12 13
7
8
9
14
Power Supply
CR4
Output to Valve Solenoid
SOL
Input Com m and
11
12
Ground
14
G
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
220 V AC: 12, 14
Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
MAX MIN
UP DOW
UP DOW
POWER
NULL
189(7.44)
MAX MIN
199(7.83)
CH2 Adjuster
CH1 Adjuster
Null Adjuster
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 3A
200/220 V AC :
1.5 A
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
105(4.13)
125(4.92)
[Output Current Pattern]
CH1
(Channel 1)
MAX.1
DOWN.1
UP.1
NULL
F1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
F2
Output
Fuse
(1.5 A)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CH2
(Channel 2)
Current
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
120
(4.72)
240(9.45)
260(10.24)
22
(.87)
CR. COM
P ower Supply
Ammeter (Output Current)
Indicator Lamp
(CH2)
Indicator Lamp
(CH1)
Indicator Lamp
CR3
Input Com m and
10
13
Supply Switch
Input Com m and
6
9
Sequence Holding
Circuit
CR1
CR2
5
CR2
CR4
Input Com m and
Input Com m and
178
(7.01)
1
2
3
Nam e
DOWN.2
MAX.2
UP.2
MIN.1
MIN.2
Time
CR1.ON
Terminal
1 & 10 in Short-Circuit
2 & 10 in Short-Circuit
CR2.ON
CR3.ON
CR4.ON
3 & 10 in Short-Circuit
4 & 10 in Short-Circuit
Note: 1. CR1 to CR4: Relays in the power amplifier.
The output patterns CH1 and CH2 can not be obtained simultaneously nor can they be transmitted halfway to
another pattern.
2. The words such as MAX, MIN, UP and DOWN show the volume adjustment of the power amplifier.
No.10
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves
How to Calculate Accelerating and Decelerating
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
How to Calculate Accelerating and Decelerating Time (Example)
Quest ion: W ish t o accelerat e and decelerat e t he act uat or in bet ween 5 L/m in (1.32 U.S. GP M ) and 25
L/m in (6.6 U.S. GP M ) in t he use of proport ional flow cont rol valve m odel EFG-02-30.
In such case, what are t he m axim um and m inim um t im e adjust able for t he accelerat ion and
decelerat ion?
Answer: T he input current for EFG-02-30 at t he flow rat e of 5 L/m in (1.32 U.S.GP M ) and 25 L/m in
(6.6 U.S. GP M ) can be obt ained respect ively from t he chart below. T he chart shows:
Input current at 5 L/m in (1.32 U.S. GP M )
300 m A
Input current at 25 L/m in (6.6 U.S. GP M )
520 m A
T hen, t he difference bet ween t he above t wo can be obt ained wit h t he following form ula:
520 m A-300 m A=220 m A
W hile, t he specificat ion for t he m odel AM E-T -S shows t he am plifier's gradient for
accelerat ion or decelerat ion as being bet ween 0.05 s/100 m A and 1.0 s/100 m A (which m eans
t hat t he m inim um t im e is 0.05 second and t he m axim um t im e is 1.0 second for every 100 m A
variat ion).
T herefore, t he m inim um and m axim um adjust able t im e can be obt ained as follows:
220 m A × 0.05 second = 0.11 second (M inim um )
100 m A
220 m A × 1.0 second = 2.2 second (M axim um )
100 m A
T he result above are as illustrated on the below.
H
[Flow Pattern]
[Input Current vs. Flow]
EFG-02
25 L /min
(6.6 U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
U.S.GPM L /min
8
30
25
6
0
Min.
0.11 s
Max. 2.2 s
Min.
0.11 s
Tim e
s
Max. 2.2 s
Flow Rate
5 L /min
(1.3 U.S.GPM)
7
5
4
3
20
15
10
2
1
0
5
0
0
10
200
300 400 500
Input Current
600
mA
No.11
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω-10 Ω Series Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others
These power amplifiers are specially designed to combine and
incorporate the functions of pressure control (10 Ω solenoid) and
flow control (40 Ω solenoid) into one and can be used for the
proportional electro-hydraulic flow control and relief valves of which
model numbers are as shown below.
Model Number Designation
AM E
-D2
Series Num ber
Ty pe of Function
AME
D2: DC Input Ty pe
-H1
Ty pe of Mounting
H1: W all Tapestry
Ty pe
-100
-12
P ower Supply
Design
Num ber
100: 100 V AC
200: 200/220 V AC
12
Applicable to Valve
Nam e of Valve
40Ω- 10Ω Series
Flow Control and
Relief Valve
Model Num bers
03-125
EFBG- 06-250 - C
10-500 H
Specifications
Model No.
Description
Ty pe of Function
Max. Output Current
Max. Input Voltage
Input Im pedance
Max. Gain
Dither
Tem perature Drift (Max.)
P ower Supply
P ower Input (Max.)
Am bient Tem perature
External Setting Resistance
Approx. Mass
∗
AME-D2-H1- -12
Flow Controls (40Ω Solenoid)
P ressure Controls (10Ω Solenoid)
DC Input Ty pe
DC Input Ty pe
0.8 A (40Ω Solenoid)
1 A (10Ω Solenoid)
+10 V DC
+10 V DC
10 k Ω
10 k Ω
0.8 A / 5 V
1A /5V
Fix
Fix
0.2 m A /°C
0.2 m A /°C
100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ± 10% (50/60 Hz)
130 VA
0-50°C (32-122°F)
1 kΩ
1kΩ
5.6 kg (12.3 lbs.)
Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster up to 2 set can be provided from this power amplifier. However, please use the
variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω for the setting adjuster.
No.12
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω -10 Ω Series Control Valves
Installation Drawing
AME-D2-H1-∗ -12
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Flow Setting
Adjuster
20
19
DITHER
12V
SPAN
9
MIN
17
18
8
DITHER
SPAN
6
Flow Control Valve
40 Ω SOL
Pres.Control Valve
10 Ω SOL
TOFF TON
MIN
4
5
Pres. Setting
Adjuster
Terminal Board
(Refer to the table
on the right above.)
Pres. Zero-Point Adjuster
1
Flow Zero-Point Adjuster
3
Nam e
P ower Supply
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 1, 2
220 V AC: 1, 3
Ground
G
Output to P ressure Control
Valve (10 Ω ) Solenoid
PR. SOL
Am m eter
Output to Flow Control
Valve (40 Ω ) Solenoid
FL. SOL
Am m eter
Com m on
COM
-12 V OUT
Com m on
+12 V OUT
Com m on
Input Signal for P RES.
Input Signal for FLOW
+12 V OUT
-12 V
COM
+12 V
COM
PR.IN
FL.IN
+12 V
H
F1
10
20
9
8
7
19
18
17
6
5
16
15
4
3
14
13
SPAN
T ON
2
1
12
11
T OFF
PRES FLOW
2
4
MIN
POWER
F2
Pres. Span Adjuster
Flow Span Adjuster
174
(6.85)
188(7.40)
200(7.87)
POWER
AMPLIFIER
Pres. Rising Time Adjuster
Indicator Lamp
Pres. Falling Time Adjuster
Flow Output Fuse
1.5 A
Pres. Output Fuse
2A
6(.24)
60
(2.36)
100(3.94)
220(8.66)
Supply Switch
145
(5.71)
1. Minim um P ressure Setting
2. Variable P ressure Range Setting
3. Minim um Flow Setting
4. Variable Flow Range Setting
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
No.13
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω -10 Ω Series Control Valves
Specifications / Others
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
These power amplifiers can drive two solenoid of 10 Ω load simultaneously
or separately, and the control can be done in the same way even though the
object is separated by pressure system and flow rate system. Although the
display of control unit on the front panel is PRESS and FLOW , they
are exactly the same circuit, so there is no distinction between the two system
when used.
Model Number Designation
Applicable to Valve
AM E
-D2
-1010
-100
-10
Series
Num ber
Ty pe of Function
Coil Resistance
of Valve
P ower Supply
Design
Num ber
AME
D2 :
DC Input Ty pe
1010: 10 Ω × 2
100 : 100 V AC
200 : 200/220 V AC
10
Specifications
Model No.
Description
Ty pe of Function
∗
AME-D2-1010- -10
1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage
+ 10 V DC
10 k Ω
Dither
Tem perature Drift (Max.)
P ower Supply
P ower Input (Max.)
Am bient Tem perature
External Setting Resistance
Approx. Mass
Model Num bers
∗
P ilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
Relief Valves
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
Reducing and
Relieving Valves
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
10 Ω Series
Flow Control Valves
EFG - 03
EFCG 06
10 Ω-10 Ω Series
High Flow Series
Flow Control and
Relief Valves
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
DC Input Ty pe
Max. Output Current
Input Im pedance
Max. Gain
Nam e of Valve
1A /5V
Applicable to Piston Pump
Nam e of P um p
Variable 100-300 m A
0.2 m A /°C
100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ±10% (50/60 Hz)
120 VA
0-50°C (32-122°F)
1 kΩ
4.3 kg (9.5 lbs.)
"A" Series Variable
Displacem ent
P iston P um p
P roportional
Electro-Hy draulic
Load Sensing Ty pe
Model Num bers
A16
A22 - -R-04
A37
A56
A70
A90 - -R-04
A145
∗
∗
Also, double pum ps
com bined with the
m odels listed above
and fixed displacem ent vane pum ps.
Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster up to 2 set can be provided from this power amplifier. However, please use the
variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω for the setting adjuster.
No.14
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω-10 ΩSeries Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AME-D2-1010-∗ -10
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Num ber
1
2
[Exam ple Diagram ]
Nam e
P ower Supply
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 1, 2
220 V AC: 1, 3
3
Flow
Setting Adjuster
17
16
+12V
SPAN
14
15
MIN
DIT HER
9
8
DIT HER
SPAN
6
MIN
4
FL.
SOL
PR.
SOL
5
Pressure
Setting Adjuster
1
2
3
Power Supply
Pres. Dither Adjuster
G
4
Ground
5
6
Output to P ressure Control
Valve Solenoid
PR.SOL
7
Am m eter
8
Output to Flow Control
9
10
Valve Solenoid
Am m eter
FL.SOL
11
−12 V OUT
−12 V
12
Com m on
COM
13
14
+12V OUT
Com m on
+12 V
COM
15
Input Signal for P RES.
PR. IN
16
Input Signal for FLOW
FL. IN
17
+12V OUT
+12 V
Pres. Span Adjuster
Terminal Board
(Refer to table on
the right above.)
Pres. Zero-Point Adjuster
Flow Zero-Point Adjuster
H
Flow Span Adjuster
POWER AMPLIFIER
GN D
AC220V
AC200V
PR ESS
15
14
5 C OM
12
11
Flow Dither Adjuster
FLOW
MIN
13
Indicator Lamp
SPAN
D ITH ER
3
2
1
F3
US
POW ER
E
F2
US
E
E
F1
US
145
(5.71)
6(.24)
60
(2.36)
175
(6.89)
7
6 +12V
4 −12V
AME-D 2 -1010 -200 -10
16
F
+
−A
PR
SOL
8
FL
IN
PR
IN
COM
F
188(7.40)
200(7.87)
FL
SOL
9
17
F
+A
−
+12V
10
100(3.94)
220(8.66)
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 2A
200 V AC :1A
Supply Switch
Pres. Output Fuse
(1.5A)
Flow Output Fuse
(1.5A)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
No.15
Power Amplifiers
For Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
Specifications / Others
CONTROLS
Model Number Designation
SK1091
-D24
-10
Series Num ber
P ower Supply
Design Num ber
SK1091
D24: 24 V DC
10
Applicable to Valve
Nam e of Valve
Model Num bers
Directional and
Flow Control Valve
03
EDFHG- 04
06
Specifications
Model No.
Description
SK1091-D24-10
Max. Output Current
1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage
-10 V DC for SOL a
+10 V DC for SOL b
Input Im pedance
Max. Gain
10 k Ω
1 A / ±5 V
Dither
Variable
Delay Tim e Adj ustm ent
Range
0.15-3 s
Tem perature Drift (Max.)
P ower Supply
Required Current
P ower Input (Max.)
0.2 m A /°C
24 V DC (21-28 V Included Ripple)
More than 1.5 A
25 W
Am bient Tem perature
0-50°C (32-122°F)
Am bient Hum idity
External Setting Resistance
Less than 90%RH
2kΩ
Approx. Mass
1.0 kg (2.2 lbs.)
Instructions
Power Supply for the Setting Adjuster
Power supply for the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use
the variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 2 k Ω for the setting adjuster.
Power Switch
The power amplifier has no power supply switch. As soon as it is connected to a power supply , it comes to be alive.
Provide a power switch externally.
No.16
Power Amplifiers
For Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
SK1091-D24-10
[Input-Output Characteristics]
MINa
Setting Adjuster
MC-02
4
1
6
5
2 kΩ
For SOL a
D OW N a
UPa
Output Current (A)
[Exam ple Diagram ]
SPANa
+12V
8 SOLa
9
D ELAY
-12V
SPAN a
10 SOLb
UPb
MIN a
11
D OW N b
14
SPANb
-V
MINb D ITH ER
Approx. ±0.1V
For SOL b
SPAN b
MIN b
Input Voltage
+V
24V 0V
12 13
Power Supply
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Num ber
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Nam e
[Delay Function]
Input Signal
Input Signal
IN
COM
P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster
P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster
P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster
+12V
COM
-12V
Input Voltage 0
Output to Valve Solenoid
SOL a
Output Current 0
Output to Valve Solenoid
SOL b
+V
-V
24 V
0V
FG
P ower Supply
P ower Supply
Ground
Indicator Lamp
UP b
DOWN b
UP a
DOWN a
H
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Delay Time
Adjuster
for SOL a
POW ER
SOL a, b
Indicator Lamp
SOLa
SOLb
1
Delay Time
Adjuster
for SOL b
DOWNa
14 13 12 11 10
150(5.91)
9
SPANa
180(7.09)
7
8
DOWNb
166(6.54)
UPb
6
5
4
3
2
UPa
SPANb
MINa
Span Adjuster
MINb
D ITH ER
Zero-Point Adjuster
Terminal Board
(Refer to the table
on the above.)
6
(.24)
Dither Adjuster
10
(.39)
100
(3.94)
48
(1.89)
No.17
Setting Adjusters
Manually Operated Setting Adjusters
Installation Drawing
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
MC-01
[Exam ple Diagram ]
Setting Adjuster
(MC-01)
3
3
Clockwise
Rotation
2
1kΩ
[M ounting Panel]
M4 Thd.
4 Places
Power Amplifier
(AME-D-10)
7
6
2
1
1
2
8
62(2.44)
70(2.76)
[Electric Circuit]
10
1
11
12
Power Supply
62(2.44)
70(2.76)
70
80
20
3
2
1
90
10
60
(2.36)
60
30
80(3.15)
50
5(.20)
40
70(2.76)
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
1
2
3 4
100
0
YU KEN MOD EL MC -01
70(2.76)
2.3(.09)
80(3.15)
30
(1.18)
60
(2.36)
10
(.39)
60
(2.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MC-02
[Exam ple Diagram ]
This setting adj uster is for using positive and
negative voltages to the right and left of the
zero point. Most suitable for servo sy stem s.
P lease contact us for usage details.
M4 Thd.
4 Places
Power Amplifier
SK1091-D24-10
4
+12V
1
Input
6
−12V
5 0V
Setting Adjuster
(MC-02)
3
2
[Electric Circuit]
1
4
4
Servo Amplifier
1kΩ
3
Clockwise
Rotation
2
1kΩ
2kΩ
[M ounting Panel]
62(2.44)
70(2.76)
[How to Use]
62(2.44)
70(2.76)
1
40
60
60
3
2
1
80
80
100
60
(2.36)
20 INC.
40
80(3.15)
0
5(.20)
DEC.20
70(2.76)
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
1
2
3 4
100
YU KEN MOD EL MC -02
70(2.76)
80(3.15)
No.18
2.3(.09)
30
(1.18)
60
(2.36)
10
(.39)
60
(2.36)
Setting Adjusters
6-Point Setting Adjusters
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AMC-V6-S-∗ -10
T erm inal Board
Power Supply
100 ............100 V AC
200 ............200 V AC
220 ............220 V AC
[Electric Circuit]
12
AC
Power Supply 13
10 VDC
Power
Supply
14
10V VR1
VR2 VR3 VR4
VR5
VR6
8(0V)
1 OUT (VR1)
2 OUT (VR2)
3
3 OUT (VR3)
4
4 OUT (VR4)
5
6
5 OUT (VR5)
6 OUT (VR6)
Nam e
7
0V
11
Term inal
Num ber
1
2
8
1
2
3
4
5
COM
0V
9
10
6
11
G
Ground
12
13
14
[Exam ple Diagram ]
Relay Circuit
Setting Adjuster
(AMC-V6-S)
13 14
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
P ower Supply
85-265 V AC
Power Amplifier
(AME-D-S)
1
8
2
9
SOL
13 14 11
H
AC
Power Supply
4
2
5
3
6
Supply Switch
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
189(7.44)
199(7.83)
1
F1
POW ER
70(2.76)
80(3.15)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
178
(7.01)
Terminal Board
(Refer to the table above)
4.5(.18) Dia. Through
4 Places
Adjusting Dial
6 Places
Indicator
Lamp
22
(.87)
240(9.45)
260(10.24)
76
(2.99)
Power Fuse (1A )
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
No.19
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers
Specifications / Others
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
This controller can generate any desired 2-channel analog voltage pattern outputs
and can be used with slope-proportional and time-proportional systems.
Model Number Designation
AM C
-T
-20
Series Num ber
Ty pe of Function
Design
Num ber
AMC: Setting Adj uster
T : Acceleration/deceleration signal ty pe
(Slope Controller)
20
Specifications
Model No.
AMC-T-20
Description
Num ber of Output Channels
2 channels (A, B)
Maxim um Output Range
0 - +5 V , 0 - ±5 V, 0 - +10 V, 0 - ±10 V (The settings are DIP switch selectable)
Slope-constant
W ith a level change, the slope will not change (but arrival tim e changes.)
Tim e-constant
W ith a level change, the tim e will not change (but the slope changes.)
Two Categories of Slopes
Acceleration/Deceleration
Signal Ty pe
: 1 Ty pe to be selected
4 Ty pes P oly gonal Line Signal
Curve Com pensation Signal : 3 Ty pes by DIP switch
Maxim um Slope Tim e
5 s , 20 s, 50 s, 100 s (The settings are DIP switch selectable)
Setting Resolution
The level and slope settings are variable in 0.1% units from 0 to ±99.9%
Mode 1, 4-bit binary code input, 15 patterns
Mode 2, 6-bit binary code input, 63 patterns
Mode 3, Tim er control, 9 patterns (4 variations)
Control Mode
Num ber of P reselected P atterns
Stop Mode
Applicable Only for
Control Mode 1
ON
: The stop m ode is to retain the state of controller output at the instant an external input signal is
interrupted. W hen the external signal is input again, the operation is resum ed from the retained state.
OFF : W hen external input signal is interrupted, function goes back to the initial setting (P attern No.0).
Control Input Signal
Control Output Signal
Data Save
P ower Supply
P ower Input
Am bient Tem perature
Am bient Hum idity
Approx. Mass
Note:
Current input ty pe, 10 m A /bit m ax.
Usable as a voltage input ty pe (voltage range: 8 to 48V DC) P hotocoupler insulation input
Output from transister open collector
Max. 30V, 50 m A
EEP -ROM (Battery not needed)
100/200 V AC, 50/60 Hz (85-260 V AC)
Less than 10 VA
0-50°C (32-122°F)
Less than 85%RH (Bedewing m ust be avoided)
1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
Indicates preset conditions.
Instructions
Since this controller incorporates a micro computer, do subject it to undue electrical noise.
No.20
to be selected
by DIP switch
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Control Modes / Setting Example / Slope Type
Control Modes
Setting Example
One among the following 3 types of control modes
can be chosen by changing DIP swicth.
Control Mode 1
Control Mode 1
Channels A and B generate optional slopes
independently each other.
Channel-A
Code Input
Pattern No.
0000 0001
0
0010
0011
0000
2
3
0
1
A Channel
Code Input
A4
A2
A8
A1
P attern Setting %
No. Level Slope
Rem arks
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
0
0
0
Stop
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
1
99.9
40.0
Cy linder forward
acceleration
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
2
-80.0
60.0
Cy linder backward
acceleration
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
3
10.0
50.0
Cy linder forward
deceleration
ON
ON
ON
ON
15
10.0
10.0
Output
Channel-B
Code Input
0000
0101
0100
0000
0
5
4
0
Pattern No.
Backward
Forward
Output
Pattern 1
Pattern 3
{
Level
99.9%
Output
Control Mode 2
A slope is generated by a strobe signal (signal for
change to next signal). Channels A and B operate
synchronously.
Pattern 2
Level
-80.0%
Slope Level
50.0% 10.0%
Slope
40.0%
|
0000 0001
0010
0011
0000
Code Input
Code Input
Strobe Signal
Pattern No.
0
1
2
3
0
Slope
60.0%
H
ON
A1
ON
ON
A2
Channel-A
Output
Slope Type
One among the following 4 types can be chosen by changing
DIP switch.
Channel-B
Output
Type 1
(%)
100
Straight
Slope Waveform
50
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
Output
0
3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8
3.9
Output Voltage
Start Signal 3
50
0
R
The 0 to 25% and
75 to 100%
portions of the
slope waveform are
rounded with arcs.
Time
Time
Type 3
Type 4
(%)
100
Channel-B
Output
25
(%)
100
R
R
Two portions
above and below
50% of the
waveform are
rounded with arcs.
Time
Output Voltage
0
R
50
0
Start Signal 1
Pattern No.
75
0
Channel-A
Pattern No.
Output Voltage
Output Voltage
Control Mode 3
The internal timer is activated by a start signal,
causing the slopes to be generated successively in
memory.
Channels A and B operate independently.
Type 2
(%)
100
R
50
30
0
R
Two portions
above and below
30% of the
waveform are
rounded with arcs.
Time
No.21
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AMC-T
[Exam ple Diagram ]
AMC-T -20
Sequence Controller
A1
4
A2
5
A4
6
A8
7
B1
8
B2
9
B4
10
B8
11
(Ex.)
EHDFG-03
A
CPU
IN
Isolation
Power
Supply
CO.A 13
19
DC
Power
Supply
20
P
T
EHDFG-03
A
B
DC24V
RAM
18
COM 12
C
3 B out
D/A
ROM
b
IN
2 COM
IN
a
1 A out
D/A
B
a
FG
b
IN
AC
85-260V C
DC24V
P
T
Voc
CO.B 14
M.SV 15
OUT
ALM. 16
17
DOC
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DC Power
Supply
Terminal Board
Term inal
Num ber
A out
COM
B out
A1
A2
A4
A8
B1
B2
B4
Channel A Output
Com m on
Channel B Output
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Nam e
D: Slope Display
M : Channel B Output
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
POW ER
14
ON
15
16
OFF
17181920
A
B
AMC -T
Panel Operating Key
Data Set (D )
Monitor (M)
70
(2.76)
80
(3.15)
199(7.83)
189(7.44)
Indicator Lamp
No.22
AC
P ower Supply
D: Level Display
M : Channel A Output
Pattern No.
Display
D: Channel
Selection
B8
DCOM
CO.A
CO.B
M.SV
ALM.
DOC
FG
Code Input
Code Input Com m on
Coincidental Output Signal with "A"
Coincidental Output Signal with "B"
Data Save Signal
Alarm Signal Output
Output Com m on
Ground
D: Time Display
DIP switch
D: Alteration of Level
Slope Time Values
D: Pattern No.
Designation After
Channel Selection
4.5(.18) Dia. Through
4 Places
25
(.98)
60
(2.36)
72
(2.83)
178(7.01)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Term inal
Num ber
Nam e
Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
Supply
Switch
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers
Interchangeability between Current and New
PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
Specifications
Specifications unchanged unless specified below.
Model No.
New : AMC-T-20
Current : AMC-T-10
Output from transister open collector
Max. 30 V, 50 m A
Output from transister open collector
Max. 30 V, 10 m A
Description
Control Output Signal
oly gonal Line Signal
: 1 Ty pe
4 Ty pes P
Curve Com pensation Signal : 3 Ty pes
Slope Ty pes
to be selected
by DIP switch
1 Ty pe : P oly gonal Line Signal
Stop Mode
(Applicable only for Control Mode 1)
ON, OFF
Data Save
EEP -ROM Battery not needed
Battery Required
Approx. Mass
1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
1.8 kg (4.0 lbs.)
Terminal
The following are differences between current and new.
Nam e
Term inal
Num ber
13
14
15
New : Design 20
Current : Design 10
Coincidental Output Signal with "A"
"CO.A"
Coincidental Output Signal with "A"
"DO1"
Coincidental Output Signal with "B"
"CO.B"
Data Save Signal
"M.SV"
Coincidental Output Signal with "B"
"DO2"
Abbreviation of the term inals are
changed, though functionally the sam e.
Added new functions.
Alarm Signal Output
"ALM."
16
Rem arks
H
Interchangeability in Installation
There is an interchangeability in installation, although depths (dimensions "A" and "B") are different.
Model Num bers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
POW ER
14
ON
15
16
OFF
17181920
A
B
AMC -T
m m (Inches)
A
B
Current
AMC-T-10
185
(7.28)
200
(7.87)
New
AMC-T-20
60
(2.36)
72
(2.83)
A
B
No.23